pfh oil & gas private limited€¦ · p suresh k. sandhya e shyam sundar rev 01 draft 02-5-2018...

IA-J-11011/482/2017-IA.II (I) dated 06.11.2017

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

of

Work Over of the Temporarily Abandoned 2 (Sweet Gas) Well and Drilling 5 Nos. of Additional Exploratory/ Development Wells in an Area of 9.63 sqkm of Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 at West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh for Hydrocarbon Prospecting and Gas Pipeline (With Associated Facilities) Connecting to Nearest ONGC CGS Project Proponents:

PFH Oil & Gas Private Limited

703, Tower 1, P.S. Srijan Corp Park, Plot 62, Block GP, Sector 5, Salt Lake City, Kolkata - 700091, West Bengal, India.

Environmental Consultants:

Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt. Limited (A Bureau Veritas Group Company)

7-2-C 14, Industrial Estate, Sanath Nagar, Hyderabad- 500 034

October 2018

IND.BH.41.17.0217A/HSR/EIA

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Appraisal /

Development Drilling & Production in

Onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016

Located at West Godavari District, AP

PFH Oil & Natural Gas

Document Reference : : IND.BH.41.17.0217A/HSR Revision: Final, Rev02, dated 27-10-2018

Copyright Bureau Veritas India Pvt. Ltd.

All rights reserved

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Appraisal/Development Drilling & Production in Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 located at Achanta & Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh by PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd

Declaration

Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt. Ltd. (a Bureau Veritas Group Company) Project Reference: IND.BH.41.17.0217A/HSR Rev. 02, Final

3

I) DECLARATION BY EXPERTS

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Appraisal/Development Drilling & Production in onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 located at Achanta and Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh by PFH Oil & Gas. I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: Name : E Shyam Sundar

Signature :

Period of Involvement : September, 2017 Till Date Contact Information : Plot No. 7-2-C14, Industrial Estate, Sanath Nagar, Hyderabad-

500018, Telangana, India

Functional Area Experts:

S. No.

Functional Areas Name of the

Expert/s Involvement

Signature & Date

1 AP (Air Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control)

K Sandhya (M Sandeep Cat-B)

AAQ monitoring plan, impact prediction & management plan studies (September 2017 Till Date)

2 WP (Water Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control)

E Shyam Sundar

Water Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control studies (September, 2017 Till Date)

3 SHW (Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management)

E Shyam Sundar (M Sandeep Cat-B)

Solid Waste Management studies (September 2017 Till Date)

4 SE (Socio-Economics)

Mamta Singh Bodhale

Socioeconomic study (September 2017 Till Date)

5 EB (Ecology and Biodiversity)

Raghavacharyulu MV

Ecology & Biodiversity studies (September 2017 Till Date)

6 HG (Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation)

Rajendra Prasad (P Suresh, Cat-B)

Hydrology studies (September 2017 Till Date)


Declaration


4

S. No.

Functional Areas Name of the

Expert/s Involvement

Signature & Date

7 GEO (Geology)

Rajendra Prasad (P Suresh, Cat-B)

Geology studies (September 2017 Till Date)

8 SC (Soil Conservation)

B S Lole Soil quality, impacts and conservation measures (September 2017 Till Date)

9 AQ (Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling &Prediction)

E Shyam Sundar (M Sandeep Cat-B)

Air Quality Assessment studies (September 2017 Till Date)

10 NV (Noise/ Vibration)

B Bhaskar Rao

Noise/ Vibration studies (September 2017 Till Date)

11 LU (Land Use)

M Chaitanya Reddy

Land use studies (September 2017 Till Date)

12 RH (Risk Assessment & Hazard Management)

K Sandhya Risk assessment and DMP Studies (September 2017 Till Date)

One TM against each FAE may be shown


Declaration


5

II) DECLARATION BY THE HEAD OF THE ACCREDITED CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION / AUTHORIZED PERSON

I, E Shyam Sundar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Environmental Impact Assessment (“EIA”) Report for Appraisal/Development Drilling & Production in onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016, located at Achanta and Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh by PFH Oil & Gas Private Limited, Kolkata (PP).

This report has been prepared by M/s Bhagavathi Ana Labs Private Limited (BALPL) on behalf of and for the use of the PP with due consideration and skills as per our general terms and conditions of business and the terms of agreement with PP. BALPL is a Bureau Veritas Group Company based in India, who has local accreditations to National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) and Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt of India. BALPL has prepared the EIA report with baseline data for 3 months starting from December 2017 as per the approved ToR issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi. The technical information or conclusion / recommendations herein enclosed have been derived based on the various study reports and data provided w.r.t. the project by PP and shall be considered as a Technical Professional Opinion. It shall not be construed as a formal opinion and it does not waive any involved Party’s rights & responsibilities or obligations with respect to the project requirements at any phase of the project. These conclusions will become null and void should BALPL not be kept informed of such modifications or alterations with specific reference to the present document No IND.BH.41.17.0217A/HSR. This document is valid only when presented in full. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement. It is certified that no unethical practice, like ‘copy and paste’, and used external data / text without proper acknowledgement, were resorted to while preparing this EIA report.

Signature :

Name : E Shyam Sundar

Designation : Head – Environment

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization

: Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt. Limited (A Bureau Veritas Group Company)

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date : NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0049 dated 29 May, 2017

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Appraisal / Development Drilling & Production in Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 located at Achanta & Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh by PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd

Declaration


6

III) DECLARATION BY THE PROJECT PROPONENT

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Appraisal / Development Drilling & Production in Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 located at Achanta & Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh by PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd

Declaration


7

IV) REVIEW AND REVISION HISTORY

History of revisions of the present report:

Rev Date Modifications

Rev. 00 Draft 25-4-2018 Preliminary Draft EIA Report

Rev 01 Draft 02-5-2018 After Client Comments for Public Hearing

Rev.02 Final 25-10-2018 Final EIA Report with Public Hearing Minutes for Environmental Clearance

Table I: History of the Revisions

Document No. : IND.BH.41.17.0217A/HSR, Rev. 02, Final

Rev.02 Final

25-10-2018 Final EIA Report with Public Hearing Minutes for Environmental Clearance

P Suresh K. Sandhya E Shyam Sundar

Rev 01 Draft

02-5-2018 After Client Comments for Public Hearing


Rev. 00 Draft

25-4-2018 Preliminary Draft EIA Report


REV DATE DESCRIPTION REVIEW-1 REVIEW-2 APPROVAL


Table of Contents


8

V) TABLE OF CONTENTS

I) DECLARATION BY EXPERTS ............................................................................................ 3 II) DECLARATION BY THE HEAD OF THE ACCREDITED CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION / AUTHORIZED PERSON ............................................................................................................. 5 III) DECLARATION BY THE PROJECT PROPONENT ............................................................. 6 IV) REVIEW AND REVISION HISTORY.................................................................................... 7 V) TABLE OF CONTENTS ....................................................................................................... 8

REFERENCES ......................................................................................................................... 16

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .......................................................................................................... 17

1. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 33

1.1 Preamble ..............................................................................................................33 1.2 Purpose of Report .................................................................................................33 1.3 Need for the Project / Importance of the Project (Source: PFR Report) ................34 1.4 Identification of Project Proponent & Project .........................................................34 1.4.1 Details ..................................................................................................................34 1.4.2 Proposed Project ..................................................................................................35 1.5 Brief Description of Project....................................................................................35 1.5.1 Nature of the project .............................................................................................35 1.5.2 Cost of the Project ................................................................................................35 1.5.3 Location of the Project ..........................................................................................35 1.5.4 Accessibility ..........................................................................................................38 1.6 Status & Stage of Regulatory Clearances .............................................................39 1.7 Scope of the Study ...............................................................................................39 1.8 Methodology / Approach .......................................................................................40 1.9 Structure of EIA Report .........................................................................................44 1.10 ToR Compliance ...................................................................................................44

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 50

2.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................................50 2.1.1 Operational Aspects .............................................................................................50 2.1.2 Development Drilling .............................................................................................52 2.1.3 Drilling Activity ......................................................................................................53 2.1.4 General requirements of drilling ............................................................................54 2.1.5 Drill Cutting ...........................................................................................................56 2.1.6 Drill-stem Testing ..................................................................................................56 2.1.7 Surface Testing & Flaring .....................................................................................57 2.1.8 Well Logging .........................................................................................................57 2.1.9 Completing the well ..............................................................................................58 2.1.10 Well Decommissioning ..........................................................................................58 2.2 Water requirements ..............................................................................................59 2.3 Workforce Arrangements ......................................................................................60 2.4 Power Requirement ..............................................................................................60 2.5 Sources of Pollution ..............................................................................................60 2.5.1 Noise Generating Sources ....................................................................................60 2.5.2 Solid Waste Generation ........................................................................................60


Table of Contents


9

2.5.3 Sources of Air Pollution .........................................................................................61 2.5.4 Sources of Water Pollution....................................................................................61

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................. 62

3.1 Project Overview ...................................................................................................62 3.2 Geology and Hydro-geological Studies .................................................................62 3.2.1 Geomorphology ....................................................................................................62 3.2.2 Rainfall & Climate .................................................................................................62 3.2.3 Geology ................................................................................................................63 3.2.4 Hydrogeology .......................................................................................................64 3.3 Land Use Land Cover Studies ..............................................................................64 3.3.1 Objectives .............................................................................................................64 3.3.2 Methodology .........................................................................................................64 3.3.3 Study Area ............................................................................................................65 3.3.4 Land Use & Land Cover Assessment ...................................................................66 3.4 Soil Quality ...........................................................................................................70 3.5 Meteorological Conditions .....................................................................................75 3.5.1 Analysis of IMD Data ............................................................................................75 3.5.2 Meteorological Scenario of the Study Area ...........................................................76 3.5.3 Wind Pattern .........................................................................................................76 3.6 Ambient Air Quality ...............................................................................................77 3.7 Water Quality Assessment ....................................................................................81 3.8 Noise Environment ...............................................................................................86 3.7.1 Sources of noise ...................................................................................................86 3.7.2 Noise monitoring locations ....................................................................................86 3.7.3 Results and discussions .......................................................................................89 3.9 Ecological Studies ................................................................................................89 3.9.1 Objectives of Ecological Studies ...........................................................................90 3.9.2 Methodology adopted for the Survey ....................................................................90 3.9.3 Study Period .........................................................................................................90 3.9.4 Scope, Aim & Objectives ......................................................................................90 3.9.5 Field Data Collection / Inventory ...........................................................................91 3.9.6 Forest block with in block area ..............................................................................91 3.9.7 Terrestrial Ecological Status: Primary Survey .......................................................91 3.9.8 Status of Terrestrial Bio diversity...........................................................................92 3.10 Socio Economic Environment ............................................................................. 100 3.10.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 100 3.10.2 Desktop Study .................................................................................................... 100 3.10.3 Methodology ....................................................................................................... 100 3.10.4 Socio Economic Profile of the Study Area ........................................................... 101 3.11 Environmental Site Sensitivity ............................................................................. 107 3.12 Hazards of the Proposed Project Area ................................................................ 108

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ................... 110

4.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................ 110 4.2 Impact Assessment Methodology ....................................................................... 110 4.3 Identification of Impacts ...................................................................................... 110 4.4 Identification of Environmental Attributes ............................................................ 111


Table of Contents


10

4.5 Identification of Environmental Impacts ............................................................... 111 4.6 Air Environment - Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........................................... 112 4.6.1 Prediction of Impacts and Mitigation Measures ................................................... 112 4.6.2 Prediction of Ambient Air Quality Impacts ........................................................... 113 4.6.3 Identification of Impacts ...................................................................................... 113 4.6.4 Prediction of Impacts .......................................................................................... 115 4.6.5 Proposed Mitigation Measures ............................................................................ 117 4.7 Noise Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...................................... 118 4.7.1 Noise Environment- Impacts and Mitigation Measures ........................................ 118 4.7.2 Mathematical Model for Sound Wave Propagation During Operation .................. 118 4.7.3 Input for the Model .............................................................................................. 119 4.7.4 Results & Discussion .......................................................................................... 119 4.7.5 Summary & Conclusion ...................................................................................... 120 4.8 Solid Waste Generation ...................................................................................... 121 4.9 Water Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures ..................................... 121 4.10 Land Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures ....................................... 122 4.11 Socio-economic Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures ...................... 124 4.12 Ecological Impacts And Mitigation Measures ...................................................... 126 4.13 Environmental Management And Monitoring Plan .............................................. 132 4.14 Source for Groundwater Pollution: ...................................................................... 133 4.15 Summary of Identified Impacts and Proposed Mitigation Measures .................... 135

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) .............................................. 140

5.1 Alternate Location for the Proposed Project ........................................................ 140 5.2 Alternative Drilling Locations ............................................................................... 140 5.3 Alternative Drilling Technology ............................................................................ 140 5.4 Alternative Treatment Options ............................................................................ 140

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................... 141

6.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 141 6.2 Air Quality Monitoring .......................................................................................... 141 6.3 Noise Level Monitoring ....................................................................................... 141 6.4 Water Quality Monitoring .................................................................................... 141 6.5 Soil Quality Monitoring ........................................................................................ 141 6.6 Environmental Management Cell ........................................................................ 142

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................... 143 7.1. Public Consultation .......................................................................................................... 143 7.2. Risk Assessment ............................................................................................................. 149 7.2.1. Rapid Risk Assessment Approach ............................................................................ 150 7.2.2. Drilling Rig ................................................................................................................ 154 7.2.2.1. Risk Analysis Results for Drilling Rig ........................................................................ 154 7.2.2.2. Calculation of Individual Risk Per Annum (IRPA) ...................................................... 172 7.2.2.3. Analysis Results ....................................................................................................... 172 7.2.2.4. Comparison with ALARP Criteria .............................................................................. 172 7.2.2.5. Oil Spill Frequency ................................................................................................... 172 7.2.2.6. Recommendations .................................................................................................... 173 7.3. Emergency Response Plan .............................................................................................. 175


Table of Contents


11

7.3.1. Objectives And Scope .............................................................................................. 175 7.3.1.1. Emergency Response Organisation And Communication ......................................... 175 7.3.1.2. Identified Emergency Scenarios ............................................................................... 176 7.3.1.3. Emergency Classification ......................................................................................... 176 7.3.1.4. Emergency Response Activation .............................................................................. 177 7.3.2. Disaster Prevention Methods .................................................................................... 177 7.4. Health and Safety ............................................................................................................ 178 7.4.1. Occupational Health ................................................................................................. 179 7.4.2. Safety ....................................................................................................................... 179

8. PROJECT BENEFITS ...................................................................................................... 195

8.1 Benefits for the Country ...................................................................................... 195 8.2 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure ....................................................... 195 8.3 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure ............................................................. 196 8.4 Employment Potential ......................................................................................... 196

9. COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ............................................................................................ 198

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...................................................................... 199

10.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................ 199 10.2 EMP during Various Project Phases ................................................................... 199 10.3 Environmental Policy of the Company ................................................................ 199 10.4 Organization Structure - EHS & Safety ............................................................... 199 10.5 Audit and Review ................................................................................................ 199 10.6 Air Environment .................................................................................................. 201 10.7 Noise Environment ............................................................................................. 201 10.8 Water Environment ............................................................................................. 201 10.9 Land Environment ............................................................................................... 202 10.10 Waste Management Plan (WMP) ........................................................................ 202 10.11 Site Security ....................................................................................................... 204 10.12 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Protection and EMP Cost....................... 204 10.13 Storage and handling of material and spoils ....................................................... 204 10.14 Plantation Activities ............................................................................................. 204 10.15 Socio-economic Development Activities.............................................................. 205

11. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ................................................................................... 206

11.1 Location Details of the Project ............................................................................ 206 11.2 Importance of the Proposed Project .................................................................... 206 11.3 Details of Development Drilling Operation ........................................................... 207 11.3.1 Infrastructure Requirement ........................................................................... 207 11.4 Baseline Environmental Status ........................................................................... 207 11.4.1 Land Use Studies ......................................................................................... 207 11.4.2 Soil Quality ................................................................................................... 208 11.4.3 Meteorology ................................................................................................. 208 11.4.4 Ambient Air Quality ...................................................................................... 208 11.4.5 Water Quality ............................................................................................... 208 11.4.6 Ambient Noise Levels .................................................................................. 209 11.4.7 Ecological Environment ................................................................................ 209


Table of Contents


12

11.4.8 Socio-Economic Environment ...................................................................... 209 11.5 Impact Assessment ............................................................................................ 210 11.5.1 Impact on Topography and Land Use .......................................................... 210 11.5.2 Impact on Climate ........................................................................................ 210 11.5.3 Impact on Air Quality .................................................................................... 210 11.5.4 Impact on Surface Water and Groundwater Quality ..................................... 210 11.5.5 Impact on Noise Levels ................................................................................ 211 11.5.6 Ecological Impacts ....................................................................................... 211 11.5.7 Demography and Socio-Economics ............................................................. 211 11.6 Environment Management Plan .......................................................................... 212 11.6.1 Removal of Equipment and Materials ........................................................... 212 11.6.2 Decommissioning upon Abandonment ......................................................... 212 11.6.3 Atmospheric Emissions ................................................................................ 212 11.6.4 Noise Environment ....................................................................................... 212 11.6.5 Management of Drilling Wastes.................................................................... 212 11.6.6 Management of the Solid Wastes ................................................................. 213 11.6.7 Management of Waste Disposal sites within Drill Site .................................. 213 11.7 Environmental Monitoring Program ..................................................................... 213 11.8 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan .............................................. 213 11.9 Project Benefits ................................................................................................... 214 11.10 Administrative Aspects of Implementation of EMP .............................................. 214 11.11 Conclusions ........................................................................................................ 214

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED .............................................................. 215

12.1 Name of the Consultants .................................................................................... 215

ANNEXURE-I: ToR COPY ...................................................................................................... 219 ANNEXURE-II: SOCIO-ECONOMIC ....................................................................................... 223 ANNEXURE-III: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA ..................................................................... 226 ANNEXURE-IV: UTILIZATION OF WBM ................................................................................ 232 ANNEXURE-V: PUBLIC CONSULTATION ............................................................................. 233

TABLE OF FIGURES Figure-1: Index Map with Block Boundary .................................................................................36 Figure-2: SOI Topo Map Showing 10 KM Radius of Contract Area ..........................................37 Figure-3: Site Photographs .......................................................................................................38 Figure-4: Location Map of Existing Wells & Proposed Wells ..................................................51 Figure-5: Reserves Estimated For KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 Contract Area ....................52 Figure 6: General Drilling Cycle ...............................................................................................53 Figure-7: Typical Drilling Rig ....................................................................................................55 Figure-8: Annual Rainfall of Study Area ..................................................................................63 Figure-9: LULC Methodology ....................................................................................................65 Figure-10: Google Image of Site ...............................................................................................66 Figure 11: Satellite Image of the Study Area .............................................................................67 Figure 12: LU & LC Map of the Study Area ...............................................................................69 Figure-13 : Soil Sampling Photos ..............................................................................................70 Figure-14 : Soil Sampling Location Map ....................................................................................71 Figure-15: Wind Rose for Winter Season ..................................................................................77


Table of Contents


13

Figure-16: Ambient Air Quality Locations ..................................................................................79 Figure-17: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Photos .....................................................................81 Figure-18: Ground Water Sampling Location Map ....................................................................85 Figure-19 : Water Sampling Photos ..........................................................................................86 Figure-20 Noise Monitoring Photos ...........................................................................................87 Figure-21 : Noise Monitoring Location Map ...............................................................................88 Figure-22 : Flora of Study Area .................................................................................................92 Figure-23 : Earthquake Map .................................................................................................... 108 Figure 24 : Flood Hazard Map ................................................................................................. 109 Figure 25 : Wind & Cyclone Hazard Map ................................................................................ 109 Figure-26 Typical Isopleths Showing Predicted Short-Term Incremental GLCS for NOX at each well site ................................................................................................................................... 116 Figure-27 : Typical Isopleths Showing Predicted Short-Term Incremental GLCS for SO2 at each well site ................................................................................................................................... 117 Figure-28: Rapid Risk Assessment Methodology .................................................................... 151 Figure-29 : ALARP Criteria...................................................................................................... 152 Figure-30: Drilling Site Plan..................................................................................................... 175

LIST OF TABLES

Table-1: Achanta Block Coordinates .........................................................................................35 Table-2: Salient Features of Project within 10-KM Radius .........................................................38 Table-3: Status and Stage of Regulatory Clearances ................................................................39 Table-4: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring ...............................................41 Table-5: Structure of EIA Report ...............................................................................................44 Table-6: ToR Compliance .........................................................................................................44 Table-7 : Drilling Diameter, Depths and Mud Utilised ................................................................55 Table-8 : Ingredient of Water Based Drilling Fluid ..........................................................................56 Table-9 : Special Additives and their Function in Water Based Drilling Fluids ...................................56 Table-10 : Water Requirement - KLD .........................................................................................59 Table-11 : Geological Succession of the Study Area .................................................................63 Table-12 : LULC Classification of the Study Area ......................................................................68 Table-13 : Soil Sampling Locations ...........................................................................................70 Table-14 : Soil Quality Results ..................................................................................................72 table-15 : Soil Standard Classification .......................................................................................73 Table-16 : Meteorological Data from IMD (1971-2000) ..............................................................76 Table-17 : Observed Meteorological Data Onsite ......................................................................76 Table-18 : Air Monitoring Locations ...........................................................................................78 Table-19 : Ambient Air Quality Results for Winter Season ........................................................80 Table-20 : Surface Water Locations ..........................................................................................81 Table-21 : Ground Water Locations ..........................................................................................81 Table-22 : Surface Water Quality ..............................................................................................82 Table-23 : Ground Water Quality ..............................................................................................83 Table-24 : Noise Monitoring Locations ......................................................................................87 Table-25 : Summary of Monitored Ambient Noise Quality .........................................................89 Table 26: Details of Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Locations .................................................91 Table-27 : Tree Species Reported from the Project Region ......................................................95 Table-28 : Herbs, Climbers and Grass Species Reported from the Project Region ...................96 Table-29 : Shrubs Species Reported from the Project Region ..................................................97


Table of Contents


14

Table 30: Phytosociological Analysis of Trees in Study Area ....................................................97 Table 31: Phytosociological Analysis of Shrubs in Study Area ..................................................98 Table-32 : Birds Reported from the Project Region ...................................................................99 Table-33 : Administrative Details of the Study Area ................................................................ 101 Table-34 : Hamlet Details ........................................................................................................ 101 Table-35 : Demographic Details .............................................................................................. 102 Table-36 : Literacy Detials ...................................................................................................... 102 Table-37 : Employment Pattern ............................................................................................... 102 Table-38 : Education Facilities in Number of Villages .............................................................. 103 Table-39 : Health Facilities in Numbers ................................................................................... 103 Table-40 : Drinking Water Facilities in Number of Villages ...................................................... 104 Table-41 : Drainage Facilities in Number of Villages ............................................................... 104 Table-42 : Communication Facilities in Number of Villages ..................................................... 104 Table-43 : Transportation Facilities in Number of Villages ....................................................... 104 Table-44 : Road Facilities in Number of Villages ..................................................................... 105 Table-45 : Banking Facilities in Number of Villages ................................................................. 105 Table-46 : Power Facilities in Number of Villages ................................................................... 105 Table 47 : Landuse Pattern (in Hectares) ................................................................................ 105 Table 48: AAQ Impact Identification ........................................................................................ 112 Table-49: Predicted Incremental GLCS ................................................................................... 116 Table-50 : Expected Sources of Noise .................................................................................... 119 Table-51 : Biological Consequences Scoring Scheme ............................................................ 126 Table-52 : Occurrence Frequency Assessment....................................................................... 127 Table-53 : Categorization of Biological Impacts ....................................................................... 128 Table-54 : Likely Impacts on Biological Components .............................................................. 128 Table-55 : Biological Impact Scoring ....................................................................................... 130 Table-56 : Likely Impacts and Suggested Mitigation Measures ............................................... 131 Table-57: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt Development / Plantation ......................... 132 Table-58 : Accidents Impacting Groundwater & Preventive Methods ...................................... 134 Table-59 : Summary of Mitigation Measures ........................................................................... 135 Table-60 : Summary Monitoring Programme ........................................................................... 141 Table-61 : Public Hearing Issues and Proponent Response.................................................... 143 Table-62 : Principal Study Assumptions .................................................................................. 153 Table-63 : Major Accident Hazards for Drilling Rig .................................................................. 154 Table-64 : Assumptions for Well Blowout During Drilling in Rig ................................................ 156 Table-65 : Event Tree for Well Blowout During Drilling............................................................. 158 Table-66 : Consequence Calculations for Well Blowout During Drilling .................................... 159 Table-67 : Assumptions for Passing Vehicle Collision to Drilling Rig ....................................... 160 Table-68 : Event Tree for Vehicle Collision to Drilling Rig ........................................................ 160 Table-69 : Consequence Calculations for Vehicle Collision to Drilling Rig ............................... 161 Table-70 : Assumptions for Dropped Objects on Drilling Rig ................................................... 161 Table-71 : Event Tree for Dropped Objects on Drilling Rig ...................................................... 163 Table-72 : Consequence Calculations for Dropped Objects on Drilling Rig .............................. 163 Table-73 : Assumption for Structural Failure of Drilling Rig ...................................................... 164 Table-74 : Event Tree for Structural Failure Structural Failure of Drilling Rig ........................... 165 Table-75 : Consequence Calculations for Structural Failure of Drilling Rig .............................. 165 Table-76 : Assumptions for Non Process Fires of Drilling Rig .................................................. 166 Table-77 : Event Tree for Non Process Fires of Drilling Rig ..................................................... 166


Table of Contents


15

Table-78 : Consequence Calculations for Non Process Fires of Drilling Rig ............................ 167 Table-79 : Assumptions for Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing ...................................... 167 Table-80 : Event Tree For Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing ........................................ 170 Table-81 : Consequence Calculations For Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing ................ 171 Table-82 : Risk Results ........................................................................................................... 172 Table-83 : Initiating Events Leading To Tier-2 Oil Spill ............................................................ 173 Table-84 : Initiating Events Leading To Tier-3 Oil Spill ............................................................ 173 Table-85 : Recommendations for Drilling ................................................................................ 174 Table-86 : Classification Of Wastes Generated During Proposed Drilling Activity And Disposal Options ................................................................................................................................... 203 Table-87: Achanta Block Coordinates ..................................................................................... 206


Reference


16

REFERENCES

Operating Plan for Achanta Block of PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Limited

Census 2011

District Handbook

CPCB 2000. Guidelines for developing green belts, Programme Objective Series PROBES/75/1999-2000. Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi, pp. 195.

Environment Impact Assessment Report for Exploratory Drilling of Shale Gas and Oil Wells in KG Basin, Andhra Pradesh-2017.

B. Mahadev, et. al., 2016. Precious medicinal plants found on the peripheries of villages of West Godavari district. Journal of Medicinal Plants Studies, 4(4): 80-83.

Prema Chandra Sekhar et al. 2015. Weed flora of crops fields of West Godavari district, Andhra Pradesh, india. Journal of Science / Vol 5 / Issue 12 / 1332-1336.

Standatd ToR given by MoEF&CC fo Achanta Block

EIA for 18 drilling wells of OIL Kakinada by Bhagavathi Ana Labs Private Limited

BALPL Data

"Mobile Platform Stability. Sub-project 0.6, Estimation of Damage Conditions". Det Norske Veritas, 1982

UK Department of the Oil and Gas Reserves of the United Kingdom (The Brown Book), 1990;

E&P Forum, Risk Assessment Data Directory, 1996

OISD-GDN-206- Guidelines on Safety Management System in Petroleum Industry

HSE Management System Document by CHSE (March 2013), ONGC

Development of 14 wells in Krishna District, Andhra Pradesh for ONGC 2017

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Shrimp Culture in Andhra Pradesh. ASCI Journal of Management, Volume 25, 1996.

CGWB District Brochure of West Godavari


Executive Summary


17

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 PRELUDE

This Summary provides a concise outline of the EIA findings and the detailed mitigation measures envisaged for the proposed Appraisal/Development & Production in Contract Area KG/ONSDF/ACHANTA/2016 located at Achanta & Kodamanchilli villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh by PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd.

1.1 Proposed Project

Workover of the temporarily abandoned 2 wells & 5 New Appraisal/Development wells in the contract area KG/ONSDF/ACHANTA/2016. Proposed project located at Achanta & Kondamanchilli villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh. The location map is shown in Figure-1. 10-km radius topo map of the area is shown in Figure-2. The KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 onshore Field has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. by Govt. of India during the Discovered Small Field (“DSF”) bidding round, “DSF-2016”. The total allocated area of the Contract Area is 9.63 sq.km. This Area was explored by ONGC in year 1993 but was not put into production as they did not deem it economically viable for them. ONGC have drilled one (1) well during exploration phase named as “ACH-1”, in 1993. Thereafter, the well was temporarily abandoned. ACH-1 had recorded a potential to produce sweet gas during the well tests. PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. is proposing to initially work over the ACH-1 well, obtain modern sub-surface & production data, and undertake modern reservoir studies to identify new sub-surface targets to drill up to 5 new appraisal/developmental wells to optimise the hydrocarbon development of this Contract Area.

The proposed Appraisal/Development Drilling & Production Project is 1(b) type of the activity (Offshore and Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production) and classified as “A” Category project as per EIA Notification 2006 and subsequent amendments. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies was conducted in line with the approved Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC vide Lr No:IA-J-11011/482/2017-IA.II (I) dated 06.11.2017.

Public Hearing was conducted on 28/9/2018 at 11.00 AM in the Project Site Kodamanchalli Village, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District. Andhra Pradesh in the presence of Joint Collector Eluru. The final EIA report is upgraded with the Public Hearing Minutes and is submitted for Environmental Clearance to MoEF&CC, New Delhi.


Executive Summary


18

Figure – 1: Index Map


Executive Summary


19

Figure – 2: 10-KM Radius Topo Map


Executive Summary


20

1.2 Environmental Features of the Project Environmental features around the 10-km radius from the block boundary are given below. The total contract area KG/ONSDF/ACHANTA/2016 is 9.63 sq.km The Achanta marginal block is located in Achnata Mandal, West Godavari district,

Andhra Pradesh and can be located between Latitude (N) 16º 35ʹ 08.3797ʺ to 16º 35ʹ 39.5572ʺ & Longitude (E) 81º 47ʹ 58.7447ʺ to 81º 50ʹ 39.5199ʺ. Average elevation of the study area is 15 m AMSL.

National Highway- 16 (New) connecting Chennai to Srikakulam located 6.3 km North from project boundary.

The nearest Railway Station is Pallakollu Railway Station (11.5km, SW) The nearest Airport is Rajahmundry Airport (52 km, NE) Godavari River is located (1.4 km, E) No protected areas as per Wild Life Protection Act 1972 (Elephant Corridors, Tiger

Reserves, Sanctuaries, National parks, Conservation reserves, Community reserves) were found within the study area.

No Defence Installations located within the study area No Archaeologically important places located within the study area as per the

Archaeological Survey of India. As per the Seismic Map of India, IS 1893 (part-1): 2002, study area falling under Seismic

Zone –III moderate risk zone

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

After getting Environmental Clearance (EC) from the MoEF&CC plan to test & log the abandoned well & bring it to production. Company will then study the sub-surface data generated during the work over tests, to identify new sub-surface targets. Based on these results Company may drill up to 5 new appraisal/development wells to maximise the delineation of the Contract Area. Government regulation will be taken into account for well spacing. A total 1 ha land is required for the each drilling well. The drill sites will be selected, based on sub-surface studies, but would attempt to avoid habitation, water bodies and tree plantations. The land will be acquired preferably from private / government lands after obtaining due statutory approvals on temporary basis. Crop and land compensation will be paid as determined by the revenue officials, if private land is involved.

A rig will be installed at the potential site of drilling after thorough inspection for its working capability and quality standards. Top-Hole section will be drilled to a desired depth based on well design. After drilling top-hole section, it will be cased with a pipe called casing. Casing provides support to hole wall and secures hole section. Other than that, it isolates problematic hole section such as loss zones, shale sections, over pressurized formations etc. after running casing, space between hole wall and casing will be cemented. This process of drilling and casing the hole section continues until the final well depth is achieved. It is proposed to use Water Based Mud (WBM) and Synthetic Oil Based Mud (SOBM) as detailed in the table for all the three wells. The target drilling depth and the hole diameter are given in the Table-1.


Executive Summary


21

Table -1: Drilling Diameter, Depths and Mud Utilised

Diameter Depth Mud Type

26" hole 0-600m Water Based Mud

17 1/2" hole 600-3000m SOBM

Drilling is a temporary activity which will continue for about 2-3 months for each well. The rigs are self-contained for all routine jobs. Once the drilling operations are completed and if sufficient indications of hydrocarbons are noticed while drilling, the wells tested by perforation in the production casing, this normally takes 5-7 days. If the well is found to have intersected a viable hydrocarbon bearing structure, it is sealed off for future completion & development. After completion of drilling operations the drill site shall be reinstated to its original condition as soon as possible. Operation will be carried out in accordance and guideline prescribes by Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) and international standards. Waste will be disposed by State Registered Agencies. Proper and detailed Program of the Operations will be prepared and shared with Directorate General of Hydrocarbons (DGH) prior to starting operation for review and guidance. Details of the operation will be sent to DGH on a regular basis.

2.1 Infrastructure Requirement

Project Cost: the project consists of workover of the temporarily abandoned wells & 5 New Appraisal/ Development wells within the contract area KG/ONSDF/ACHANTA/2016. The exact location of the wells will depend on the 2-D and 3-D seismic study, which is under progress. The estimated cost of the proposed each drilling well is 10 Crores. Land Requirement: Minimum land required at each well site is 1 ha. The land will be acquired on a temporary basis and adequate compensation as per the guidelines of local administration will be provided. The approximate area of well site is dependent on the type of drilling equipment deployed which in turn is dictated by the planned depth of drilling. Water Requirement: Water is basically required for preparation of drilling mud and for meeting domestic needs of campsite. Typically the water consumption for each well is 25 KLD for a short period 2 to 3 months. However the drilling and domestic water requirement would depends on the time required to drill the well, which is primarily dependent on the proposed depth. Power Requirement: the total energy requirement at each drill site including campsite is around 2.5 MW which will be met through Diesel Generator (DG) sets (3 X 1000 KVA at drill site and 1X 440 KVA at campsite). Man Power: The drill site construction would be done largely employing local labour. At each drill site construction, local employment will be generated for about 20-40 persons.


Executive Summary


22

3.0 PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

Baseline Environmental status in and around proposed project depicts the existing physical, biological and human environmental quality with respect to of Air, Noise, Water, Soil, biodiversity and Socio-economic attributes. The baseline environmental quality study was carried out during December 2017 to February 2018 period within 10- km radial distance.

3.1 Climatology of the Study Area

Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. The meteorological data recorded at the site for the study period is given in Table-2.

Table-2 Site Specific Meteorological Data

Period Temp (oC) Humidity (%) Rain fall

(mm) Wind direction

Min Max Min Max

December 2017 17.0 30.0 68 81 19.4 NE

January 2018 17.4 30.5 69 88 15.0 NE

February 2018 18.4 32.0 66 88 19.8 NE

3.2 Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality with in study area of 10 km radius around the project site at 6 locations forms the baseline information. The 98th percentile of PM10 in study area ranging between 54.3 µg/m3 (at project site) & 38.6 µg/m3 (at Chinamallaam village). The 98th percentile of PM2.5 in study area ranging between 25.8 µg/m3 (at Achanta village) & 19.4 µg/m3 at (at Chinamallaam village) Minimum and maximum level of SO2 recorded within the study area was in the range of 6.1 µg/m3 to14.7 µg/m3 with the 98th percentile ranging between 8.4 µg/m3 to 14.7 µg/m3. Minimum and maximum level of NOx recorded within the study area was in the range of 7.8 µg/m3 to16.0 µg/m3 with the 98th percentile ranging between 10.1 µg/m3 to 16.0 µg/m3. It is concluded from the ambient air quality parameters in the study area are well within the permissible limit as per the prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

3.3 Noise Environment

Baseline noise levels were monitored at 4 locations within the study area, using portable sound level meter device. The values of noise observed in some of the rural areas are primarily owing to vehicular traffic, other anthropogenic activities and industrial activities. The day equivalents during the study period are ranging between 28.3 to 40.5 dB (A). Whereas the night equivalents were in the range of 29.0 to 32.0 dB (A). The results of day equivalents and the night equivalents are compared with the ambient noise standards of respective industrial, residential, commercial area and sensitive zone standards. Monitored ambient noise levels are within the standards suggested by CPCB.


Executive Summary


23

3.4 Water Environment

About 4 ground and one surface water samples were collected from the study area to assess the water quality during the study period. The ground water samples were drawn from the hand pumps and open wells being used by the villagers for their domestic needs. Surface water sample was collected from the Godavari River.

3.4.1 Ground Water Quality

Ground water quality in the region is complying with the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500-2012. Hardness of the ground water samples is ranging between 165 - 395 mg/l water samples are within the permissible limits. pH of the ground water samples is ranging between 7.42 to 7.7 water samples are within the acceptable limits & TDS of the ground water samples is ranging between 878 mg/l to 2234 mg/l water samples are within the permissible limit & sample conducted from chinamallam village is exceeding permissible limits.

3.4.2 Surface Water Quality

Surface water sample was collected from Godavari River near Kundaleswaram village the results indicate of sample was within the acceptable limit.

3.5 Soil Quality

For studying the soil types and soil characteristics, 4 sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions representing various land use conditions and geological features. The pH values of the soils in the study area were varying from 6.28 to7.91 indicating that the soils are Neutral & Slightly acidic. The electrical conductivity in the study area was varying from 0.03 to 0.52 μ mhos/cm indicating that soils considered under Normal category. The Total Organic Carbon in the study area was varying from 0.01 to 0.02 %. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area was varying from 16.24 to 26.32 %. The available potassium in the study area was varying between 412.5 to 3062.5 kg/ha making it suitable for plant growth.

3.6 Ecology & Biodiversity

Studies were conducted based on the primary data collected by field visits and based on the secondary data collected as per the records of forest department and literature survey. Biodiversity database of the region reveals the presence 40 species of trees, 32 species including herbs, climber & grass species while shrubs reported with 16 species from various habitats. Fauna were recorded / observed during study period mostly are Schedule – IV specie. Schedule – I species reported in study area are Gracula spp (Hill myna) & Pavo cristatus (peafowl). There are no Schedule –II and III species within the study area. Among reported birds from the region, Painted Stork enlisted in the Near Threatened (NT) IUCN category, similarly 2 species i.e. Hill Myna and Peafowl enlisted in the Schedule-I category of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. Also, common faunal species are expected from the site and vicinity. Totally 37 fish species and 16 prawn/crabs species are also found to be reported from the region.


Executive Summary


24

3.7 Demography & Socio-Economic Environment

The 10 km radius study area constitutes West and East Godavari districts. In the study area there were total 14 mandals 8 in West Godavari & 6 in East Godavari District. As per 2011 Census, total population of the study area was 3,30,045out of which male

population was 1,66,768 and female population was 1,63,277 Total population of the study area is 3,30,045 with a total 91,881 households. Total SC population is 89,325(27%) and ST population is 24,74(1%).Average sex ratio

is 979 females to 1000 male Total child (below 6 years of age) population was 31,179 (9.4%) According to census 2011, in the study area, overall literate population is 71 % which is

4% higher than district rate. Total workers in the study area are 1,49,058 (45%). Male workers are 69% and female

workers are 31%. Main worker population is 1,21,327 (37%), marginal workers are 27,731 (8%) and non-workers are 1,80,987.

3.8 Land Use & Land Cover

Contract area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 is considered as study area for the Land Use Land Cover Studies. The total land area of contract area is 9.63 sq.km. Water Bodies: 14 ha of the study area is covered with Rivers/streams/ Canals Built-up Land: 98 ha of the study area is occupied with rural development Agricultural Land: 851 ha of the study area is agricultural land in which 735 ha is crop

land (single/Double Crop), 74 ha of land is Plantation & 42 ha of land is Fallow land. 4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 Ambient Air

The potential sources of air emissions at the well sites will be as follows: Dust from earth works (during approach road and site preparation) Emissions from DG sets; Emissions from possible flaring during well testing Emissions from vehicular movement;

During the short period of site preparation, mechanical shovels and earthmovers will be used for vegetation clearance, cut and fill and other site levelling activities. However, these activities will be only temporary and the impact to ambient air quality would be within the close proximity of well site.

The gaseous emissions from the DG set will be controlled by efficient combustion of fuel in the DG set. The flaring of oil and gas during well testing is last for few days only. The impact on air quality is assessed based on increase in emissions levels from the DG set operation during emergency usage. Impact predicted has been carried out for two major Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) pollutants, viz., Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). The existing emissions from other industries within 10 km have been considered to be covered under the baseline scenario. Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing a steady state Gaussian plume mathematical dispersion model, namely AERMOD.


Executive Summary


25

The model simulations have been carried out for winter season. The maximum incremental short-term 24 hourly GLCs for SO2 and NOx likely to be encountered during winter season

are 0.01 and 15.5 g/m3 respectively. The GLCs predicted are shown in Table-3.

Table-3: Ground Level Concentrations

Pollutant Concentration (g/m3)

Baseline Incremental Resultant

NOx 16.0 15.5 31.5

SO2 14.7 0.01 14.71

4.1.1 Mitigation Measures

The exhaust of the DG set will be at sufficient height to allow dispersion of the pollutants and DG sets will be properly maintained so that emissions will be under statutory limits.

The flaring system will be properly managed at all times. Water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry

season (if required). The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used in this project will

be maintained as such, that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type.

Blow out preventer of sufficient capacity will be installed at well head during drilling operation.

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles used on site.


The maximum predicated noise level at distance of 100 to 300 m from the rig boundary would be less than <30 dB (A). The ambient noise levels at most of the places in the region are within the CPCB standards. Since, the drilling operation last for the proposed exploratory drilling will be insignificant on the community and will be minimized after 100m. The proposed drilling operations and related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have significant impact on the surrounding communities in terms of increase in noise levels and associated disturbances. Following activities would result in increase in noise level. Noise from rig and associated machinery Noise from vehicular movement Noise from DG sets


Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment’s and machineries (like mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source.

Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels.

All noise generating operations, except drilling is to be restricted to daytime only to the extent possible.


Executive Summary


26

Personnel Protective Equipment’s (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift.

4.3 Surface Water and Groundwater

Quantity: Drilling operations require the use of water for domestic requirements as well as for operations, but the use will be of temporary nature and limited to a few days for each well (25 KLD per well). And the water will be sourced from Groundwater/ tankers. As per the CGWB classification proposed project site is falling under “safe category” hence these impacts are not significant. Quality: Approximately 8 KLD of waste water would be generated from the drilling operation. Water based non-toxic biodegradable fluids with inhibitive and encapsulative characteristics are proposed to be used as drilling mud for minimizing any long term impact on groundwater quality. Additionally, the drilling mud collection and recirculation pond is lined with impervious layer to prevent seepage and loss of drilling fluid into the subsoil. Further, proper casing installation and cementing of well will ensure least groundwater contact.

4.4 Land Environment

Impact on land environment, due to site preparation shall be loss of vegetation or change in land use from agriculture land use to industrial land use for a parcel of land. The drill site preparation will last for 2 -4 weeks.


Necessary efforts will be made during selection of drill site to minimize disruption of current land use to the extent possible.

Necessary restoration efforts will be made during decommissioning and site closure to restore the site back to its original condition to the extent possible.

Proper restoration of site will be carried out to bring the physical terrain, soils and vegetation, as closely possible, to their original condition after target drilling activity are accomplished.

On completion of works (in phases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes will be completely removed till 1m below the surface.

Temporary new approach roads can be constructed and existing roads can be improved, if required, for smooth and hassle free movement of personnel as well as materials and machineries.

Optimization of land requirement through proper site layout design will be a basic criteria at the design phase.

4.5 Soil Quality

During site preparation the topsoil will be removed from the drilling site and the approach road, which contains most of the nutrients and organisms that give soil productivity. This will


Executive Summary


27

in turn result in minor changes of topsoil structure Soil quality may be affected by setting up of rig and associated machinery and will continue till the site is restored to its original condition Contamination of soil can result from the project activities if certain operations like storage of chemicals and fuels, cement and mud preparation, spent oil and lubricants are not managed efficiently Improper storage of drilling waste and return/unused drilling mud at the on-site waste disposal facility can also result in contamination of the soil.


Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period. Carry out adequate restoration of soil at the drilling site, to the extent possible using the

soil stored from piling and excavation activities. Dispose drilling mud and drill cutting temporarily in an impervious HDPE lined pit for

evaporation carefully so that there is no spillage. Management of spilling of contaminants such as oil from equipment’s, cement, drilling

mud, and etc. on the soil.

4.6 Socio Economic

Although the level of existing communications and support services in the area are considered adequate based on the population density, establishment of the proposed project would further strengthen the road network and access to some of the remote areas with all-weather roads would be of distinct beneficial impact. The overall impact is considered to be positive. Impact on health due to emissions and noise from drilling activity has been assessed to be minimal. In addition employees working at the drill site would be provided protective devices like ear plugs/ear muffs for ensuring minimum impact on human health. For most potential drilling sites in the exploration area, it should be possible to avoid impact on existing arable land. By following the compensation procedures and by observing common courtesy, impacts on existing use and benefit rights holders can be minimized.

4.7 Flora & Fauna

Impact on the ecology of the study area will vary with the proximity of the habitats from the drilling locations. However, the impacts are of temporary nature, which will last for few days at each drill location during the exploratory drilling activities and will thus allow subsequent recovery after the activities stops.

4.7.1 Possible Biological Impacts of proposed Project

Impact on terrestrial fauna due to noise. Project infrastructure and well development will disturb agriculture land of site. Drilling fluids, spillage, leakage and well treatment may produce chemical spillage which

will disrupt agriculture of nearby farm. Drilling activity may increase deposition of dust and dust settling on the vegetation may

alter or limit plants' abilities to photosynthesize and/or reproduce.


Executive Summary


28


Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G. set to reduce the noise intensity during the drilling operation.

Development of plantation of native species to substitute the access cutting, site preparation will provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds, small animals and insects.

Use existing facilities (e.g. Access Roads) to the extent possible to minimize the amount of new disturbance.

Avoid use of unnecessary lighting at night to avoid attracting avifauna.

4.8 Solid Waste

Major sources of solid waste at the proposed well sites will be construction waste, drill cuttings, disposed mud, waste oil and other domestic waste. Approximately 150-200 m3 of drill cuttings (earth cuttings), devoid of any oil, will be generated at site in each Well. The drilling rig system to be employed for drilling will be equipped for the separation of drill cuttings and solid materials from the drilling fluid. The drill cuttings, cut by the drill bit, will be removed from the fluid by the shale shakers (vibrating screens) and centrifuges and transferred to the cuttings containment area and will be disposed off in accordance with Notification dated 30th August 2005 - G.S.R 546 (E).

Small amounts of solid wastes will be generated during normal operation at the drilling rig. The wastes will be disposed on compliance with local and national legislations. Spent waste oil will be stored in a secure paved area and disposed to MoEF/ APPCB approved waste oil recyclers. Drill cuttings and sludge from drilling mud to be buried within the impervious lined pit and covered with soil as part of the site abandonment plan. Biodegradable waste arising from kitchen and canteen activities to be scientifically composted and the bio-manure so generated to be used for green belt development.

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES SITES

Development drilling of wells for oil and gas resources is site specific in nature hence no alternative site has been considered.

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

A detailed post project monitoring in respect of air, water, soil, land use, occupational noise, etc. to assess the changes has been evolved covering various phases of project advancement. A network of sampling locations around the operational facilities will be established. The monitoring shall include the compliances to legal and statutory controls imposed on the operation as well as other corporate commitment to responsible environment management. A detailed wastes management plan with monitoring program will be in place during various phases of activity. The summary of monitoring programme is given in Table-4


Executive Summary


29

Table-4: Summary of Monitoring Program

Sl. No. Parameters Schedule Location

1 Air quality monitoring

24 hourly Monitoring will be carried out once in a month during drilling process or Monitoring as per State Pollution Control Board (PCB) conditions

2 in core zone 1 in buffer zone

2 Noise quality monitoring

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in month or entire drilling activity life cycle

Core & Buffer zone

3 Water quality monitoring

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in a month during entire drilling activity life cycle

Surface water bodies including seasonal streams nearby and ground water from nearby villages

4 Soil quality analysis


4 locations from the area around the project site

5 Green belt / Plantation

Once in a year Plantation area

6 Socio Economic Developmental activities

As per need based assessment Study area

7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The hazard potential of oil and gas and estimation of consequences in case of their accidental release during drilling has been identified and risk assessment has been carried out to quantify the extent of damage and suggest recommendations for safety improvement for the proposed facilities. Risk mitigation measures based on MCA analysis and engineering judgments are incorporated in order to improve overall system safety and mitigate the effects of major accidents. An effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to mitigate the risks involved has been prepared. This plan defines the responsibilities and resources available to respond to the different types of emergencies envisaged. Training exercises will be held to ensure that all personnel are familiar with their responsibilities and that communication links are functioning effectively.

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

The project benefits are summarized below; The proposed exploration program will establish hydrocarbons in the block. The

development of the oil field will result in considerable growth of service sector and will also


Executive Summary


30

generate new industrial and business opportunities in the area. Small and medium scale industries may be developed as consequence.

The major benefits of the project include reduction of the oil import bill of the nation as well as reduction of the imbalance in oil production and consumption.

The commercial development will also lead to investment in AP, bringing oil and gas revenues both to the State and to the Central Government. The presence of PFH in the region will substantially improves the socio-economic conditions of the region.

The proposed exploration drilling program is expected to generate local employment in the order of 20 to 40 unskilled and semi- skilled people, for a period of approximately 3 months at each drilling site location. While this benefit is small by most standards, it is a significant employment opportunity in the block.

Development of ancillary activities resulting into indirect jobs and skills of local manpower. 9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.1 Removal of Equipment and Material

After completion of the drilling activities, the well will be capped with a wellhead in place, but all other equipment and materials will be removed from the site. The site would be returned to its original form in most environment friendly manner. All empty drums, wastes, used and unused drilling fluids, fuel and lubricants will be removed from the drilling site. Water supply and effluent discharge hoses and associated equipment will be removed. The access road(s) would be reinstated.

9.2 Decommissioning upon Abandonment

In the event that no economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, a full abandonment plan will be implemented for the drilling sites in accordance with the applicable Indian petroleum regulations. The well will be capped and the land would be handed over back to the owners in the original form.

9.3 Management of Drilling Wastes The major waste product of a drilling operation is the generation of rock cuttings with residual mud adhering to the drill cuttings and spent drilling fluid. Approximately 150-200 m3 of drill cuttings (earth cuttings), devoid of any oil, will be generated at site in each Well would need to be disposed off. Project proponent proposes to use internationally followed methodologies while drilling with Water Based Muds (WBM). The mud will be reused after its separation from the cuttings. A mud mixing tank will be set up at the drilling site with a collection system so that any spill of chemicals will be collected. The spilled oil may be reused in the mud preparation. The residual drilling fluids will be reused in the drilling campaign to the maximum extent and the drilling fluid which can not be further used will be discarded as per procedure.


Executive Summary


31

9.4 Management of the Solid Wastes Small amounts of solid wastes will be generated during normal operation at the drilling rig. The wastes will be disposed on compliance with local and national legislations. Spent waste oil will be stored in a secure paved area and disposed to MoEF/ APPCB approved waste oil recyclers. Drill cuttings and sludge from drilling mud to be buried within the impervious lined pit and covered with soil as part of the site abandonment plan. Biodegradable waste arising from kitchen and canteen activities to be scientifically composted and the bio-manure so generated to be used for green belt development.

9.5 Management of Wastes Disposal Sites within Drill Site

The project proponent will dispose the drill cuttings, drill mud and waste water generated during the drilling operations into the lined pits of various sizes and undertaking plantation within the drill site particularly on the reclaimed pits will be undertaken. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts, to instruct contractors and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of significant biophysical and socio-economic impacts identified in the EIA. The EMP covers the following; The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are

fully met. The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action. A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that PFH Oil & Gas will

implement. Budgetary Allocation for Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be Rs.20 Lakhs for

each well & Recurring cost for EMP is Rs.5 Lakhs. Funds allocated towards Entrepreneur Social Responsibility (ESR) is 15 Lakhs for Each Well.

10.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

The study brings out the following points; The drill site after completion of drilling operations shall be reinstated to its original

condition as soon as possible. The proposed activities are not likely to have any significant adverse effect on the environment and the neighboring population.

The sources of air emissions include diesel engines/ generator sets, flaring of natural gas at drilling site during well testing. It was observed that the ambient air quality due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational sites.

The noise generated due to the diesel engines operating the rig along with the mud circulation system is considered to be significant in the vicinity of the noise generating equipment only. This can be mitigated satisfactorily by the workers wearing ear protection while working. This noise is transient & temporary and lasts for a short period.

The proposed drilling activities will not cause any significant adverse effect on water resources. Characteristics of wastewater discharged from the drilling operations shall meet the prescribed norms specified by CPCB. Thus, since all emissions shall be within acceptable limits, no adverse impact is anticipated on the water resources.


Executive Summary


32

The proposed drilling activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers in supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which shall marginally improve the economic status of the people. The activities shall result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to drilling technology.

In the event that commercial quantities of hydrocarbon reserves are discovered, more long-term employment opportunities would be generated. Besides, the hydrocarbons brought to the surface shall help in contributing the ongoing efforts of the government to meet the national demand of petroleum resources.

The risk of occupational hazards, personal injuries, accidents during rig building and operation shall be very less as safety measures shall be adequately implemented by PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note after the implementation of the mitigation measures as suggested in EMP/DMP, the proposed activities of PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. shall have overall beneficial impact on local population


Chapter 1 : Introduction


33

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Preamble

The KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 onshore Field has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. by Govt. of India during the Discovered Small Field (“DSF”) bidding round, “DSF-2016”. The total allocated area of the Contract Area is 9.63 sq.km. This Area was explored by ONGC in year 1993 but was not put into production as they did not deem it economically viable for them. ONGC have drilled one (1) well during exploration phase named as “ACH-1”, in 1993. Thereafter, the well was temporarily abandoned. ACH-1 had recorded a potential to produce sweet gas during the well tests.

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. is proposing to initially work over the ACH-1 well, obtain modern sub-surface & production data, and undertake modern reservoir studies to identify new sub-surface targets to drill up to 5 new appraisal/developmental wells to optimise the hydrocarbon development of this Contract Area. Should the drilling campaign be successful in producing gas and associated liquids, a gas pipeline may be required to be laid, along with associated facilities, to evacuate the sweet gas from the producing wells to the Buyer’s facilities; potentially the nearest ONGC Gas Gathering Station. Any produced hydrocarbon liquids will be transported by crude transportation trucks to the Buyer, potentially the nearest ONGC Group Gathering Station, for further processing, as required.

1.2 Purpose of Report

The proposed Appraisal/Development Drilling & Production Project is 1(b) type of the activity (Offshore and Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production) and classified as “A” Category project as per EIA Notification 2006 and subsequent amendments

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. proposal for prior environmental clearance as part of the procedure for obtaining environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, (MOEF&CC), has issued approved Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) for undertaking EIA Studies for Appraisal /Development Drilling & Production in onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ ACHANTA/2016 vide Lr No:IA-J-11011/482/2017-IA.II (I) dated 06.11.2017 in accordance with the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14-11-2006 in which now PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd is proposing to work over the temporarily abandoned well (sweet gas) and drill 5 new Appraisal/ development wells in the Contract Area for prospecting hydrocarbons, and the laying of a gas pipeline (with associated facilities) to connect any gas producing well to nearest ONGC GGS.

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd has entrusted the study of carrying out EIA Studies, as per the ToR Granted to M/s Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt Ltd. (A Bureau Veritas Group Company). Accordingly, BALPL has carried out Environmental studies during winter season December 2017 to February 2018, and findings of the study are presented in this report.

Public Hearing was conducted on 28/9/2018 at 11.00 AM in the Project Site Kodamanchalli Village, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District. Andhra Pradesh in the presence of Joint Collector Eluru. The final EIA report is upgraded with the Public




34

Hearing Minutes and is submitted for Environmental Clearance to MoEF&CC, New Delhi.

1.3 Need for the Project / Importance of the Project (Source: PFR Report)

India's demand for petroleum products is growing at a rapid rate, having virtually doubled from 30 million tonnes in 1980-81 to about 70 million tonnes in 1995-96 to 155 million tons in 2006-07. The oil and gas sector is among the six core industries in India and plays a major role in influencing decision making for all the other important sections of the economy. In June 2015, total crude oil imports were valued at US$ 8.7 billion. In FY14, imports accounted for more than 80 per cent of the country’s total oil demand With India developing gas-fired power stations, consumption is up more than 160 % since 1995. Gas consumption is likely to expand at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 21 per cent during FY08–17. With a view to meeting this growing demand, the new hydrocarbon policy aims at encouraging investments in oil/gas exploration and production. Current projections for demand and supply indicate that the level of self-sufficiency is likely to decline to about 30% over the next few years. Substantial efforts are, therefore, necessary to boost the level of exploration activity in the country so that new reservoirs can be identified to significantly enhance production of crude oil and gas in the years to come. India today remains one of the least explored regions with oil well density per thousand sq. km being among the lowest. It is also evident that large amounts of capital investments are necessary if exploration efforts are to be substantially augmented. It is therefore required to attract both the national as well as, private sector oil companies to invest in this critical area. With this background, a New Exploration Licensing Policy (NELP) was formulated by the government in 1997-98 to provide a level playing field in which all parties could compete on equal terms for the award of exploration acreage. Subsequently, the Govt. of India further encouraged investment in this industry by offering already previously discovered small fields that not found to be viable for further development by the present Operator, to other parties, under the Discovered Small Field Policy. This Contract Area was offered under this DSF Policy and awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. under the DSF-1 Round of bidding held in 2016.

In the coming time, exploration for oil & gas in critical areas will be based on social, cultural, environmental, recreational, economic, legal, national and international needs and would invite development of innovative and supporting technologies for clean operations. Hence this project of appraisal drilling will help in establishing the oil/gas prospects in the contract area for commercial recovery, which is a need of the country for its economic development. It is expected that the proposed development drilling activities will lead to augmenting the country’s production of hydrocarbons, in the present scenario of the country’s growing demand for fuel.

1.4 Identification of Project Proponent & Project 1.4.1 Details

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. (“PFH”) is part of Poddar Family Holdings which has interest in Logistics and Transportation, Banking and Finance, Energy and Investment. PFH is an upstream oil and gas exploration and production company headquarters in India. Currently they have been awarded concessions to operate three onshore oil & gas fields; 1 in Cambay basin Gujarat, and 2 in Krishna-Godavari basin, Andhra Pradesh. Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd by




35

Govt. of India during the Discovered Small Field “DSF-2016” bidding round. The total allocated area of this Contract Area is 9.63 sq.km.

1.4.2 Proposed Project

Name of the project : Appaisal / Development Drilling & Production in Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/201 and subsequent hydrocarbon production

Project Area : 9.63 sq.km

Location : Achanta Taluka, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh. 1.5 Brief Description of Project 1.5.1 Nature of the project

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd is proposing to work over 1 of the temporarily abandoned wells (sweet gas) and drilling of 5 additional appraisal/development wells in the Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 for development of hydrocarbons and the laying of a MDPE gas pipeline (with associated facilities) connecting the producing wells to nearest ONGC GGS.

1.5.2 Cost of the Project

The cost of the project is estimated as Rs. 10.00 Crores for each well.

1.5.3 Location of the Project

Onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 is located in Achanta & Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh.

Palakollu Railway Station is at a distance of about 11.5 km Southwest and Rajahmundry Airport is around 52 km Northeast from the project area. The Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 Geo-coordinates are presented in Table 1.

Table-1: Achanta Block Coordinates

A location map / Index Map of proposed project area with block boundary shown in Figure-1 and Survey of India Topo sheet showing the 10 km radius of Achanta Contract Area boundaries show in Figure-2. The salient features of the project are given in Table-2.

POINTS CO ORDINATES

Longitude (E) Latitude (N)

D M S D M S

A 81 48 00.4268 16 35 18.7784

B 81 49 06.0621 16 35 38.9487

C 81 50 39.5199 16 35 39.5572

D 81 50 39.2251 16 37 08.3797

E 81 49 39.0365 16 36 58.4216

F 81 48 38.0816 16 36 28.3377

G 81 47 58.7447 16 35 35.3024




36

Figure-1: Index Map with Block Boundary




37

Figure-2: SOI Topo Map Showing 10 KM Radius of Contract Area




38

1.5.4 Accessibility

The site is well connected to village roads. NH-5 located 6.3 km & NH -214 is located 7.1 km from the block boundary. The nearest railway station is Palakollu at a distance of 11.5 km, Rajahmundry airport is located 52 km from site. Site Photographs are provided in Figure 3.

Figure-3: Site Photographs

Table-2: Salient Features of Project within 10-KM Radius

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 Location

A Village Achanta & Kodamanchilli

B Tehsil Achanta

C District West Godavari

D State Andhra Pradesh

E Latitude and Longitude

POINTS CO ORDINATES


D M S D M S

A 81 48 00.4268 16 35 18.7784

B 81 49 06.0621 16 35 38.9487

C 81 50 39.5199 16 35 39.5572

D 81 50 39.2251 16 37 08.3797

E 81 49 39.0365 16 36 58.4216

F 81 48 38.0816 16 36 28.3377

G 81 47 58.7447 16 35 35.3024

2 Elevation above MSL Average elevation of the study area 15 m AMSL

3 Seismicity The project area falls under seismic zone-III as per IS: 1893 (Part-1): 2002.

4 Present land use Mostly Agricultural Within block boundary

5 Climate Condition Nearest IMD Narsapur Average Annual Rainfall

1055 mm

Average Wind Speed (study period)

2.2 kmph

Pre dominate Wind Direction

Northeast

Highest 32o C




39

Sr. No. Particulars Details

Temperature (study period)

Lowest 17 o C

6 Nearest Highway NH–5 (6.3 km, N)

7 Nearest Railway Station Palakollu (11.5 km, SW)

8 Nearest Airport Rajahmudry (52 km, NE)

9 Nearest Village Achanta & Kodamanchilli located within the Field boundary

10 Nearest Town Tanuku (21 km, NW)

11 Protected areas as per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 (Elephant Corridors, Tiger Reserves, Sanctuaries, National parks, Conservation reserves, Community reserves)

None

12 Reserved / Protected forests

None

13 Hills/valleys None in study area

14 Streams/Rivers Godavari River (1.4 km, E) Seasonal Streams & man-made channels are flowing within the Contract Area

15 Topography Mostly Flat with local undulations

16 Defence Installation None

17 Inter State Boundary None

18 Historical places None

19 Industries None

1.6 Status & Stage of Regulatory Clearances

Status and Stage of Regulatory Clearance for the proposed work over of the temporarily abandoned wells (sweet gas) and drilling of 5 additional exploratory/development well in Achanta block provided in Table 3.

Table-3: Status and Stage of Regulatory Clearances

Regulatory Clearance Status

Proposal Number IA/AP/IND2/69756/2017

Terms of Reference F.No.IA-J-11011/482/2017-IA-II (I) dated 06.11.2017

Environmental Clearance To obtain after completion of Public Consultation

1.7 Scope of the Study

Based on the TOR, the Environmental Impact Assessment report is prepared covering study area of 10-km radius area around the plant site. The scope of study broadly includes:

To conduct literature review and to collect data relevant to the study area;

To undertake environmental monitoring so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the study area;

To identify the ambient air quality levels in the proposed project area;




40

To predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the proposed project activities;

To evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact assessment methodologies;

To prepare an Environment Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for future expansions for environmentally sustainable development; and

To identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored.

The literature review includes identification of relevant articles from various publications, collection of data from various government agencies and other sources. M/s Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt Ltd. (A Bureau Veritas Group Company) undertook the environmental study during December 2017 – February 2018 as per EIA guidelines laid by MoEF&CC .The study has been carried out in an area of 10 Km radius area around the proposed KG/ONDSF/Achanta/2016 contract area.

1.8 Methodology / Approach

Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt. Limited along with PFH officials had conducted a reconnaissance survey and sampling locations were identified on the basis of:

Predominant wind directions in the study area as recorded by India Meteorological Department (IMD), Narsapur;

Existing topography, location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals and rivers;

Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas;

Accessibility, power availability and security of monitoring equipment, pollution pockets in the area;

Areas which represent baseline conditions; and

Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmental attributes.

Filed studies have been conducted for a period of three months (December 2017 – 2018) winter season to determine existing conditions of various environmental attributes as outlined in Table no 4.

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study has been conducted within an area of 10 km radius of contract area. The various steps involved in the study for this project are divided into following three phases. Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the baseline

status within the study area and assessment of pollutants envisaged due to proposed activities and other polluting activities in the study area on various environmental parameters

Evaluation of impacts after superimposing the predicted pollution load over the baseline condition.

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan for mitigation of impacts.




41

Table-4: Environmental Attributes and Frequency of Monitoring

Sr. No

Environmental Component

Sampling Locations

Sampling Parameters

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling Frequency

Detection Limit

Methodology

1 Meteorology One central location

Temperature, Wind Speed, Wind Direction

3 months Hourly WS: +/-0.02 m/sec WD: +/- 3 degrees Temp: +/- 0.2 oC

The meteorology parameters were recorded using automatic micro-meteorological equipment consisting of Anemometer, Wind wane and thermometer. Review of secondary data collected from IMD station at Narsapur

Rainfall 3 months Daily Rainfall: 0.2 mm

Rainfall was recorded every morning at 0830 hours

Relative Humidity, Cloud Cover

3 months Hourly RH: +/- 3% Humidity recorded using wet and dry thermometer and psychometric charts on hourly basis.

2 Ambient Air Quality

6 locations

As per NAAQS 2009

Two days per week for 13

weeks

24 hourly PM2.5: 5 µg/m3

PM10: 5 µg/m3 CO: 12.5 µg/m3 SO2: 4 µg/m3

NOx: 9 µg/m3

Gravimetric method for PM. Modified West & Gaeke method for SO2 (IS-5182 part-II 1969) using Tetrachloro mercurate 0.01 N absorbing solution. Jacob-Hochheiser method (IS-5182 part-IV 1975) for NOX using Sodium Arsenate absorbing solution of 0.01 N absorbing solutions. CO was measured by GC method.




42

Sr. No


Sampling Locations

Sampling Parameters

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling Frequency

Detection Limit

Methodology

3 Water Quality 7 locations

(4 Surface water

4- Ground water)

As per IS:10500-1991

Grab sampling Once in study period

EC:+/-0.1 us/cm TSS/TDS: 0.5 mg/l O&G: 0.1 mg/l DO: 0.5 mg/l BOD: 2 mg/l COD: 0.5 mg/l Ca, Mg, Na, K: 0.1 mg/l Alkalinity, PO4, SO4, Cl, NO3: 0.1 mg/l Coliform: 1 MPN

As per APHA methods. The conductivity, temperature were analyzed at site laboratory and rest of the parameters were analyzed at BALAPL lab Hyderabad.

Heavy metals (As, Hg, Pb, Cd, Cr-6, Total Cr, Cu, Zn, Se, Fe)

Grab sampling Once in study period

0.001 mg/l

4 Noise 4 locations

Leq Hourly readings for 24

hours

Once in study period

SPL: 0.1 dB(A) Integrated on hourly basis

5 Soil 4 locations

Soil profile, Chemical constituents, Suitability for agricultural growth

Composite sample up to 100- m depth

Once during study period

EC: ± 0.1 µs/cm N, P, K: 0.1 mg/kg

Analysis was carried out as per Soil Chemical analysis by ML Jackson




43

Sr. No


Sampling Locations

Sampling Parameters

Total Sampling

Period

Sampling Frequency

Detection Limit

Methodology

6 Terrestrial Ecology

Total study area

Flora and fauna

Field observations

Once in study period

- Through field visits and collected secondary data. Count and quadrate method

7 Demography and Socio-economic aspects

Total study area

Demographic profile

- - - Through field visits and secondary information sources like National Informatic Centre, Delhi and Census operation division

8 Land Use Total study area

Trend of land use change for different categories

- - - Interpretation techniques of the image unification with collateral data such as survey of India Topographical maps, LANDSAT imagery and ground truth

9 Geology Total study area

Geological Conditions & History

- - - Filed Visit and Secondary information sources (Geological survey of India and Central Ground Water Board, Delhi)

10 Hydrogeology (Surface and ground)

Total study area

Drainage pattern, nature of streams, aquifer characteristics, recharge and discharge areas

- - - Filed Visit and Secondary information sources (Geological survey of India and Central Ground Water Board, Delhi). Drainage pattern of the study area analysed by using Survey of India Topo sheets & Latest satellite images.




44

1.9 Structure of EIA Report

Structure of EIA Report is provided in Table-5.

Table-5: Structure of EIA Report Chapter Title

Chapter – 1 Project Introduction

Chapter – 2 Project Description

Chapter – 3 Baseline Environmental Status

Chapter – 4 Environmental Impacts & Mitigation measures

Chapter – 5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Chapter – 6 Environmental Monitoring Program

Chapter – 7 Additional Studies

Chapter – 8 Project Benefits

Chapter – 9 Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter – 10 Environmental Management Plan

Chapter – 11 Summary & Conclusions

Chapter – 12 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

1.10 ToR Compliance

MoEF&CC has issued approved Terms of Reference (ToR) for undertaking EIA Studies For Exploratory/Development Drilling & Production in Onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ ACHANTA/2016 vide Lr No:IA-J-11011/482/2017-IA.II (I) dated 06.11.2017 in accordance with the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14-11-2006 in which now PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd Intends now proposing to work over of the temporarily abandoned well (sweet gas) and drilling of 5 additional appraisal/development well in KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 Contract Area for prospecting and gas pipeline (with associated facilities) connecting the production wells to nearest ONGC GGS. The ToR Compliance is provided in Table-6.

Table-6: ToR Compliance

ToR No ToR Point Compliance Status

1 Executive summary of a project.

Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/ 2016 has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. by Govt. of India during Discovered Small Field DSF-2016 round. The total allocated area of the Contract Area is 9.63 sq.km.

Proposed project is located in Achanta & Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh.

PFH Oil & Gas is proposing to work over the temporarily abandoned well (sweet gas) and drilling of 5 additional appraisal/development wells in the Achanta Contract Area for prospecting and laying gas pipeline (with associated




45


facilities) connecting the production wells to nearest ONGC GGS.

The cost of the project is estimated as Rs. 10.00 Crores for each well.

2 Project description, project objectives and project benefits.

Please refer to the Chapter-2 for “Project Description” & “Project Objectives” and Chapter-3 for “Project Benefits”.

3 Cost of project and period of completion.

The cost of the project is estimated as Rs. 10.00 Crores for each well. The period of completion of each well construction will be 2-3 months.

4 Site details within 1 km of the each proposed well, any habitation, any other installation/ activity, flora and fauna, approachability to site, other activities including agriculture/ land, satellite imagery for 10km area. All the geological details shall be mentioned in the Topo sheet of 1:40000 scale, superimposing the well locations and other structures of the projects. Topography of the project site.

Land required for construction of each well is about 1 ha. Including a temporary campsite which will be acquired on temporary basis. Safe distance from settlements, natural drains, water bodies, public utilities, etc., will be maintained. Location map of the proposed wells given in Chapter -2, Figure-4.

5 Details of sensitive areas such as National Park, Wildlife sanctuary and any other eco-sensitive area along with map indicating distance.

No sensitive areas such as a National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary are present in the proposed Contract Area. No forest land involved in the proposed project. Godavari River (1.4 km, E). Seasonal Streams & man-made channels are flowing within the Contract Area.

6 Approval for the forest land from the State/ Central Govt. under Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, if applicable.

No forest land involved in the proposed project

7 Recommendation of SCZMA/ CRZ clearance as per CRZ Notification dated 6th January, 2011 (if applicable).

Proposed project is not falling in CRZ limits

8 Distance from nearby critically/severely polluted area as per Notification, if applicable. Status of moratorium imposed on the area.

No critically/severally polluted area as per notification dated 13th January, 2010 and subsequent amendments are present in the study area.




46


9 Does proposal involve rehabilitation and resettlement? If yes, details thereof.

No, the proposed project does not involve rehabilitation and resettlement. Land required for the each development well is 1 ha, and will be taken under lease agreements.

10 Environmental considerations in the selection of the drilling locations for which environmental clearance is being sought. Present any analysis suggested for minimizing the foot print giving details of drilling and development options considered.

Safe distance from settlements, natural drains, water bodies, public utilities, etc., will be maintained. The following activities will be carried out at the well site: Strengthening of the roads leading to well

site; Well site preparation Erection of drill rig Drilling Closure of well site after drilling Above development activities will be for few months. All the above activities envisaged are of low pollution potential and necessary precautions will be taken to minimize the impact on environment viz., regular water sprinkling to conquer dust generation, barriers to noise generating sources, wastewater treatment plant, providing stack height for DG sets as per CPCB guidelines, etc.

11 Baseline data collection for air, water and soil for one season leaving the monsoon season in an area of 10 km radius with center of Oil Field as its center covering the area of all proposed drilling wells.

Baseline data was collected during winter season (December-2017 to February 2018) covering 10km radius with Centre of the Contract Area boundaries as it’s centre, covering the area of all proposed drilling wells.

12 Climatology and Meteorology including wind speed, wind direction, temperature rainfall relative Humidity etc.

Please refer to Page-48 to 49, Section-3.4, Chapter-3

13 Details of Ambient Air Quality monitoring at 8 locations for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, CO, VOCs, Methane and non-methane HC.

Ambient air quality monitored at 6 locations. The Monitoring analysis results Please refer to Page-50 to 53, Section-3.5, Chapter-3.

14 Soil sample analysis (physical and chemical properties) at the areas located at 5 locations.

Soil Samples are collected from the 4 locations within the study area. The Monitoring analysis results given in Table-23, Chapter-3




47


15 Ground and surface water quality in the vicinity of the proposed wells site.

Ground water samples are collected from four locations within the study area. The Monitoring analysis results given in Table-19, Chapter-3.

16 Measurement of Noise levels within 1 km radius of the proposed wells.

Noise level measurements were done at 4 locations within the study area. The details are given in Chapter-3 Section 3.7

17 Vegetation and land use; flora/fauna in the block area with details of endangered species, if any.

Detailed of vegetation, flora and fauna are discussed in Biological Environment, Chapter-3, Section 3.9

18 Incremental GLC as a result of DG set operation, flaring etc.

GLCs for NOx and SO2 are within the site from the sources (DG Set) and found to be 15.5 µg/m3 and 0.01 µg/m3 respectively. Please refer Section-4.6.4, Chapter-4

19 Potential environmental impact envisaged during various stages of project activities such as site activation, development, operation/ maintenance and decommissioning.

Potential environmental impacts envisaged during various stages of project activity such as; site preparation, development, operation & decommissioning are given in Chapter-4 Section 4.6

20 Actual source of water and 'Permission' for the drawl of water from the Competent Authority. Detailed water balance, wastewater generation and discharge.

The total water required for the each development well is 25 KLD. It will be met through Tankers/ Village water suppliers/ Groundwater. The water balance for the activity is given in Chapter-2 Section 2.2. The ground water requirement is within the threshold limits. Further, the Contract Area does not fall in the “Over-Exploited Area” and is falling under “Safe Zone”. Hence Competent Authority permission is not required.

21 Noise abatement measures and measures to minimize disturbance due to light and visual intrusions.

Potential impacts on noise quality and its mitigation measures are given in Chapter-4 Section 4.7

22 Details on wastewater generation, treatment and utilization /discharge for produced water/ formation water, cooling waters, other wastewaters, etc. during all project phases.

Details of waste water generation and its treatment proposed in the project is given in Chapter-4, Section 4.9. No produced water is envisaged.

23 Details on solid waste management for drill cuttings, drilling mud and oil sludge, produced sand, radio Active materials, other hazardous

Solid waste at the proposed well sites will be construction waste, drill cuttings, disposed mud, waste, etc., are discussed in Chapter-4 Section 4.8 & mitigation measures for the solid waste discussed in Chapter-4 Section 4.14




48


materials, etc. including its disposal options during all project phases.

Washed drill cuttings will be analysed and if found not hazardous, will be disposed into the impervious HDPE-lined pits. At the end of drilling campaign, the pits will be closed with the top soil and plantation will be done. The site will be handed over to the owner in native state. In case drill cutting found hazardous, will be sent to nearest TSDF.

24 Disposal of spent oil and lube. Spent oil will be sent to APPPCB or CPCB approved authorized recyclers

25 Storage of chemicals and diesel at site. Hazardous material usage, storage and accounting.

Chemicals and hazardous material required for drilling mud makeup will be stored on a paved platform under shed. 2x 20 KL storage capacity will be provided for HSD.

26 Commitment for the use of water based mud (WBM) only

Provided in Annexure-IV

27 Oil spill emergency plans for recovery/ reclamation.

Please refer to Section 7.1 of Chapter-7

28 H2S emissions control The gas production in the Contract Area is expected to be sweet gas hence H2S emission control is not envisaged. Please refer to Section 7.1.2.5 of Chapter-7

29 Produced oil/gas handling, processing and storage/ transportation.

In case hydrocarbons are detected in the well, the quantity and quality will be tested. The fluids & gases coming out from the well will be flared. The flaring will be intermittent and last only for few days. Details of technology and process are given in Chapter-2, Section 2.1.7 The wells will be connected to the nearest GGS of ONGC or GAIL for collection & transportation of gas.

30 Details of control of air, water and noise pollution during production phase.

Details of control of air, water and noise pollution are given in Chapter-4, Section 4.6 to 4.9

31 Measures to protect ground water and shallow aquifers from contamination.

Sources for groundwater pollution & Aquifer protection measures are discussed in Chapter-4 Section 4.15. Drill cutting and waste drill mud will be stored in lined pits and ground water aquifer contamination is not envisaged.




49


32 Whether any burn pits being utilized for well test operations.

Not envisaged

33 Risk assessment and disaster management plan for independent reviews of well designed construction etc. for prevention of blow out. Blowout preventer installation.

Risk assessment and disaster management plan are discussed in Chapter-7.

34 Environmental management plan.

Environmental Management plan is given in chapter 10.

35 Total capital and recurring cost for environmental control measures.

The cost of the project is estimated as Rs. 10.00 Crores for each well and Budgetary Allocation for Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be Rs.20 Lakhs for each well & Recurring cost for EMP is Rs.5 Lakhs.

36 Emergency preparedness plan.

Emergency Preparedness Plan provided in Chapter-7

37 Decommissioning and restoration plans.

Decommissioning and restoration of the well discussed in Chapter-2 Section 2.1.10

38 Documentary proof of membership of common disposal facilities, if any.

Will be obtained during the drill activities based on the requirement.

39 Details of environmental and safety related documentation within the company including documentation and proposed occupational health and safety Surveillance Safety Programme for all personnel at site. This shall also include monitoring programme for the environmental.

Provided in Chapter 7, Section 7.3

40 A copy of Corporate Environment Policy of the company as per the Ministry's O.M. No. J-11013/ 41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 26th April, 2011 available on the Ministry's website.

Provided in Chapter 10

41 Any litigation pending against the project and or any direction/order passed by any court of law against the project. If so details thereof.

No litigation pending against this project and the project is allocated by Government of India during marginal field DSF-2016 round


Chapter - 2: Project Description


50

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction

Achanta Contract Area has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd by Govt. of India during the Discovered Small Field “DSF-2016” round of bidding. The total allocated area of the block is 9.63 sq.km. After getting Environmental Clearance (EC) from the MoEF&CC our plan to test & log the abandoned well & bring it to production. Company will then study the sub-surface data generated during the work over tests, to identify new sub-surface targets. Based on these results Company may drill up to 5 new appraisal/development wells to maximise the delineation of the Contract Area. Government regulation will be taken into account for well spacing.

Initially Qa/Qc of data was undertaken by M/s Schlumberger. In-house technical studies are in progress for log interpretation and evaluation of the formation and new potential sub-surface targets. Petro physical and reservoir studies will be done by domain experts. Historical well data are under review to study & understand the sub-surface details available of the existing well. Initially company will do work over the existing well to commence production tests and gather modern data.

Our operation will be carried out in accordance and guideline prescribes by Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) and international standards. Waste will be disposed by State Registered Agencies. Proper and detailed Program of the Operations will be prepared and shared with Directorate General of Hydrocarbons (DGH) prior to starting operation for review and guidance. Details of the operation will be sent to DGH on a regular basis.

ONGC have drilled one well during exploration phase named as “ACH-1” in year 1993. Thereafter the well was temporarily abandoned. ACH-1 was drilled explore the Upper Cretaceous Formation, known as the “Palaeocene Palakollu” sand. The Location Map of existing well is given in Figure 4. The Gas Reserves estimated by Government for ACH1 is 1062 MMSCF. The Gas Reserves estimated for KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 Contract Area is shown in Figure-5.

2.1.1 Operational Aspects

Well site and roads will be built for transportation of rig and its equipment for work over. We start our operation with servicing of X-Mas tree followed by checking pressures in all annulus and tubing side. Pressure testing of the casing will be done to check well integrity. Well intervention job will be carried out to find depth and record current BHP. During depressurizing well hot flaring will be carried out. Well completion methods and production strategy will be designed for longer duration of production life. Pipelines will be laid to the nearby ONGC GGS for gas sale. Crude shall be transported through crude transportation tankers to the ONGC Group Gathering Station for treatment & processing. Natural gas compressor may be installed to displace the sale gas through the pipeline. An air Compressor may be used on a hired basis to unload a well of liquid to assist in well production, as required, to increase the well drawdown. Pilot GGS may be installed for Oil &Gas Processing, if the drilled wells prove it as a viable investment to delineate the field.




51

Figure-4: Location Map of Existing Wells & Proposed Wells




52

Figure-5: Reserves Estimated For KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 Contract Area

2.1.2 Development Drilling

A total 1 ha land is required for the each drilling well. The drill sites will be selected, based on sub-surface studies, but would attempt to avoid habitation and tree plantations. The land will be acquired preferably from private / government lands after obtaining due statutory approvals on temporary basis. Crop and land compensation will be paid as determined by the revenue officials, if private land is involved. Well drill site will have the following facilities.

Portable office cabins/rest rooms (container type cubicles) Drilling rig foundation and cellar pit Foundation/Pits for ancillary equipment’s Space for drill rig equipment, working area and materials lay down area Waste storage pits Cutting disposal (Impervious lined) pits Waste storage pits Septic tank with soak away pits




53

Mobile ETP Paved and contained chemical storage area Above ground diesel storage tank with paved and bunded area Radio room Strom water drainage system Internal roads and fencing etc.,

The site will be sized to contain all equipment and buildings, storage, workshops, etc. using distance between various rig components in line with existing rules and regulations for the for the area of operation and the approved standard operating procedures of the drilling contractor.

2.1.3 Drilling Activity

A rig will be installed at the potential site of drilling after thorough inspection for its working capability and quality standards. Top-Hole section will be drilled to a desired depth based on well design. After drilling top-hole section, it will be cased with a pipe called casing. Casing provides support to hole wall and secures hole section. Other than that, it isolates problematic hole section such as loss zones, shale sections, over pressurized formations etc. after running casing, space between hole wall and casing will be cemented. This process of drilling and casing the hole section continues until the final well depth is achieved.

Figure 6: General Drilling Cycle




54

Drilling is a temporary activity which will continue for about 2-3 months for each well. The rigs are self-contained for all routine jobs. Once the drilling operations are completed and if sufficient indications of hydrocarbons are noticed while drilling, the wells tested by perforation in the production casing. This normally takes 5-7 days. If the well is found to have intersected a viable hydrocarbon bearing structure, it is sealed off for future completion & development. General drilling cycle is shown in Figure-6.

The process of drilling includes following safety concerns: Well kick situation While drilling, if the formation pressure exceeds the hydrostatic pressure exerted by the

drilling fluid, formation fluids break out in to the well bore. This is called kick. Primary means of well control is to have sufficient over-balance over formation pressure. For some reason if an unexpected over-pressurized formation is encountered while drilling and if the well control situation arises, rig is equipped with equipment to control this situation. Blowout Uncontrolled “well control situation” eventually leads to a blowout. Blow out can cause a

partial or total destruction of drilling rig. Blowouts are often associated with hydrocarbon spill followed by fire. Well Control This set of equipment is called “Blowout Preventers (BOP)”. Blow Out Preventer consists

of, “Annular Preventer”, which can generally close on any size or shape of tubular in the well bore and closes the annular space between drill string and casing. Another type of blowout preventer is a “Ram Preventer”. Ram preventers are of two types i.e., Pipe Rams and Shear Rams. Pipe rams also close the annulus between drill string and casing, but they have a fixed size. As such a specific pipe rams can be closed on a specific size of pipe. Shear rams are generally the last choice of preventer to be operated as they shear drill

string and shut off the well bore. After determining the existing formation pressure and other geological complexities from the seismic data, appropriate BOP will be used as per standard oil field guideline for the same.

2.1.4 General requirements of drilling

Development drilling programme requires the following common facilities:

i) Drilling Mud

Drilling of wells requires specially formulated mud which basically comprise in earth materials like bentonite, barite in water with several additives to give mud weight, fluidity and filter cake characteristics while drilling. The drilling mud have several functions like lubrication and cooling of the drill bit, balancing subsurface formation, bringing out the drill cuttings from the well bore, thixotropic property to hold cuttings during non-operations, formation of thin cake to prevent liquid loss along well bore, etc. It is proposed to use Water Based Mud (WBM) as detailed in the table for all the wells.




55

The WBM drill cuttings shall be dried, bagged and buried in disposal pits covered by HDPE Liner, and filled with top soil, in line with State Pollution Control Board Regulations for WBM drill cuttings.

Table-7 : Drilling Diameter, Depths and Mud Utilised

Diameter Depth Mud Type

26" hole 0-600m Water Based Mud

17 1/2" hole 600-3000m Water Based Mud

Several additives are mixed into the mud system to give the required properties. Water based mud will be used to the possible extent in development drilling but use of synthetic based mud may require due to complexities associated with the geological formation and associated hold stability problems. The constituents of Water Based Mud (WBM) are given in Table-8 and the special additives and their functions are shown in Table-9.

Figure-7: Typical Drilling Rig




56

Table-8 : Ingredient of Water Based Drilling Fluid

S. No Chemicals

1 Barite

2 Carboxy Methyl Cellulose

3 Bentonite

4 Mud Thinner/Conditioner

5 Resinated Lignite

6 Non-Weighted Spotting Fluid

7 Weighted Spotting Fluid

8 EP Lube

9 Drilling Detergent

10 Caustic Soda

11 Potassium Chloride

12 Soda Ash

Table-9 : Special Additives and their Function in Water Based Drilling Fluids

Sl. No. Discharge Category Function of Additives in drilling

1. Sodium bicarbonate Eliminate excess calcium ions due to cement contamination

2 Sodium Chloride Minimize borehole washout in salt zone

3 Groundnut shells, Mica Minimize loss of drilling mud to formation

4 Cellulose polymers or starch

Counter thick, sticky filter cake, decrease filter loss to formation

5 Aluminium stearate Minimize foaming

6 Vegetable Oil lubricant Reduce torque and drag on drill string.

7 Pill of oil-based mud spotting fluid

Counter differential pressure sticking of drilling string. Pill is placed down hole opposite contact zone to free pipe.

2.1.5 Drill Cutting

Mud used during the operation will flush out formation cuttings from the well hole. These cuttings will be separated from the drilling mud by thoroughly washing. Cuttings will be stored in the HDPE lined pits and its will be disposed into paved solar evaporation pond. After completion of drilling the waste will be disposed through authorized dealers.

2.1.6 Drill-stem Testing

A drill-stem test is frequently performed to evaluate the formation or zone from which the gas show was observed. Drill-stem tests may also be performed when the driller observes a decrease in the time required to drill a foot of rock, known as a “drilling break”. Since




57

porous rock may be drilled easier than nonporous rock, a drilling break indicates the presence of porosity, one of the qualities of reservoir rock. A Drill-stem test enables the exploration company to obtain a sample of the fluids and gases contained in the formation or interval being tested as well as pressure information, which is determined by special gauges within the test tool.

Drill-stem testing is accomplished by removing the drill string from the bore hole. The drill bit is removed and a drill-stem test tool with a packer is attached. The test tool, packer, and drill string are inserted back into the bore hole to the desired depth. The packer, which is an expandable device, is set and expanded at the predetermined depth to isolate the zone to be tested. The test tool contains a valve which may be opened and closed to allow formation fluids to enter the test tool and drill string. If there is sufficient fluid and pressure within the zone being tested, the formation fluid may rise to the surface and flow into special test tanks used for that purpose. If gas is present, it is burned at the surface as a flare. By analysing the rate of flow or the amount of formation fluid recovered in the drill string and the formation pressures recorded, obtaining a good indication of reservoir characteristics such as porosity, permeability, and the nature of the fluids or gas contained therein is possible.

2.1.7 Surface Testing & Flaring

In case hydrocarbons are detected in the well, the quantity and quality will be tested. The fluids & gases coming out from the well will be flared. The flaring will be intermittent and last only for few days. However, for flaring all the flaring guidelines for onshore wells will be followed and the design, size and location of flaring stack will be decided based on surrounding habitations and the flaring guidelines.

Extremities of flare lines will be located at least 90 m from roads, public works, processing units or tanks. They will be at least 50 m from a well, gas/oil separator, site drainage or other possible source of ignitable vapours. It should be ensured that a flare line will be equipped with a pilot flame or other ignition device to ensure continuous ignition of vented gas and equipped with a guard to protect the flame from being extinguished by the wind.

The zones expected to be Gas bearing will be identified based on the wire line log data and same will undergo testing to confirm the same. Approximately duration of the test flaring is around six hours per day and for 2-3 days during developmental drilling. Temporary test separators with facilities for flow metering will be provided which will separate oil, gas and water.

2.1.8 Well Logging

Drilling operations continue until the predetermined total depth of the well is reached. The drill string is removed from the well bore to allow the insertion of logging tools, which are lowered all the way to the bottom of the hole by means of a special cable. This cable contains numerous electrical circuits. Signals detected by the tools are recorded in a recording truck at the surface by means of the electrical circuits contained in the cable.




58

Electrical logs measure the natural electric potential and the effect of induced electricity on the formations. Radioactivity logs measure the natural radioactivity and the effect of induced radioactivity on the formations. Sonic logs measure the velocity of sound waves in the formations. By analysing these logs, experienced geologists and engineers can determine the depth from the surface to various formations and intervals, formation characteristics such as rock type and porosity, and indications of the presence of oil or gas and quantity.

2.1.9 Completing the well

Casing is delivered to the site. The well bore is filled with drilling fluid that contains additives to prevent corrosion of the casing and to prevent the movement of the fluid from the well bore into the surrounding rock. The casing is threaded together and inserted into the well bore much in the same manner as the drill string. Casing may be inserted to a total depth of the hole or a cement plug may have been set at a specific depth and the casing set on top of it. Cement is mixed at the surface just as if the well were to be plugged. The cement is then pumped down the casing and displaced out of the bottom with drilling fluid or water. The cement then flows up and around the casing, filling the space between the casing and the well bore to a predetermined height.

2.1.10 Well Decommissioning

i) Well Abandonment The temporary abandonment must be carried out such that the well can be re-entered safely and then secured using pressure control equipment without compromising the barriers in place. Two cement plugs (minimum 30 meters length each) shall be placed if a permeable

zone is hydrocarbon bearing or over pressured water bearing. The second plug is back up to the first plug.

These two cement plugs shall be placed as close to the potential source of inflow as possible, covering all possible leak paths.

Both cement plugs shall be lapped by annular cement of at least length equal to that of the plugs.

Cement plug shall be set on a bridge plug or cementing retainer as a suitable base compulsorily where possibility of cement plug slippage down hole due to cement slurry density or losses, well activity or high gas content in formation fluid. It would be preferable in normal situations.

Cement plug(s) shall be tagged after WOC by applying weight of at least 8 MT and pressure tested at 1000 psi or up to LOT value at shoe, whichever is less.

A cemented shoe track shall not be accepted as a plug unless it is specifically designed and proved by adequate pressure testing at least 2.0 ppg above the expected LOT. (For situations where the rig has to be skidded between the slots during batch drilling, the weight and pressure tested shoe track with mechanical top plug can be treated as a plug for temporary abandonment)

A permanent bridge plug or cementing retainer (not activated) with minimum 15 meters cement plug on it will be accepted as an alternate to the first cement plug. Bridge plug /cementing retainer alone shall not be accepted as a barrier.




59

The production liner lap shall be isolated by setting a cement plug across the lap of the production liner which shall extend at least 30 meters into the liner.

ii) Site Closure and Decommissioning

This involves dismantling of the rig, all associated equipment’s and the residential camp, and transporting it out of the project area. Debris disposed off as per the regulatory requirements. Site will be adequately fenced and guarded. All pits whose contents will show regulatory compliance for on-site disposal, at the time

of site closure, will be backfilled and closed out as per the legal requirements. Restoration of portion of well site which shall not be used in future and removal of

pilings and all type of waste

iii) Site Restoration At the conclusion of drilling, solar drying will dewater the waste pits. All residual solids and liner will be covered with thick column of native soil. As the cutting mud is inert and HDPE (High Density Poly-ethylene) linings of the pit are in place, scope for soil & ground water contamination is insignificant. Grading will take place to ensure natural run-off. Any remaining topsoil that has been stocked during the site clearance will be re-spread over appropriate portions of the site. Plantation/green belt development will be commenced during rainy seasons to restore the site.

2.2 Water requirements

Source of Water and its management Water will either be sourced from groundwater or tanker water Supply. Water requirement of approximately 20 KLD is required for Mud preparation & other process. The domestic consumption is estimated at 5 KLD. The total maximum water requirement is 25 KLD. The water requirement in a drilling rig is mainly meant for preparation of drilling mud apart from washings and domestic use. The major water consumption is for mud preparation followed by for de-sander, de-silter, derrick floor washing. The water used for de-sander and de-silter and Derrick floor washing will be reused for cutting washing. The details of water requirement are given in Table-10

Table-10 : Water Requirement - KLD

S. No Description

Water required Wastewater generation Fresh Water

(KLD) Treated (KLD)

Total water (KLD)

1 Mud Preparation 9 - 9

4 2 De-Sander and De-Silter 5 - 5

3 Derrick floor Washing 2 - 2

4 Cutting Washing - 4 4

5 Domestic 5 - 5 4

Total 21 4 25 8




60

2.3 Workforce Arrangements The drilling rig will be operated by approx. 30 to 40 persons on the rig at any time. The manpower will operate in two shifts with continuous operations on the rig. Chemical storage The drilling rig will have normal storage facilities for fuel oil, required chemicals and the necessary tubulars and equipment. The storage places will be clearly marked with safe operating facilities and practices.

Logistics

Crew transfers to and from the drilling rig, materials, diesel and chemicals will be through light vehicles, trucks and trailers.

2.4 Power Requirement

The total energy requirement at each drill site including campsite is around 2.5 MW which will be met through diesel generator sets (3 X 1000 KVA at drill site and 1 x 440 KVA at campsite). It is estimated that around 5.5 KL/D of diesel will be consumed.

2.5 Sources of Pollution 2.5.1 Noise Generating Sources

The main noise generating sources at the well sites and site are DG sets and intermittent noise generation from office and stores activities, pumps and compressors, flares and vent and vehicular movement. The impact of noise emissions is minimized by acoustic enclosures.

2.5.2 Solid Waste Generation

Major sources of solid waste at the proposed well sites will be construction waste, drill cuttings, disposed mud, waste oil and other domestic waste. The rock cuttings and fragments of shale, sand and silt associated with the return drilling fluid during well drilling will be separated using shale shakers and other solids removal equipment like de-sanders and de-silters. The recovered mud will be reused while the rejected solids will be collected and discharged into the waste pit.

Drilling fluid or mud is basically a mixture of water, clay, polymers and weighting material with all individual components being environmentally friendly. This mud will be reused as much as possible. The mud circulation is a closed loop with the return mud going back to the mud tanks. At the end of drilling operations, the residual (unusable) mud is discharged in to the waste pit after proper DWM conditioning.

During drilling operations wet drill cuttings are expected to be generated from each well depending on the type of formation and depth of drilling. The waste residual mud and drill cuttings which contain clay, sand, etc. will be disposed into the waste lined pit after solar drying.




61

Applicable Rules & Regulations The Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change has issued the following Notifications in respect of Waste Management in March-April, 2016 –

a. G.S.R. 320 (E) [18-03-2016]: Plastic Waste Management Rules 2016 b. G.S.R. 338 (E) [23-03-2016]: e-waste (Management) Rules, 2016. c. G.S.R. 343(E). [28-03-2016]: Bio-Medical Waste Management Rules, 2016. d. G.S.R. 317(E). [29-03-2016]: Construction and Demolition Waste Management

Rules, 2016 e. G.S.R No. 395 (E) [04-04-2016]: Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and

Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016. f. S.O. 1357(E) [08-04-2016]: Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016 - cover all

domestic, institutional, commercial and any other Non-residential solid wastes except HW, Hazardous Chemicals, Bio-medical wastes, e-wastes, radio-active waste and lead acid batteries.

2.5.3 Sources of Air Pollution

The major source of air pollution during the proposed development drilling operation will be continuously operating DG sets that power the drilling equipment. Each DG set will be provided with adequate stack height for easy dispersion of gaseous emissions.

Natural gas / crude oil will be flared during the well testing phase for short period. The flaring will result in temporary emissions of CO2, water vapours, NOx and other trace gases in case of natural gas flaring and particulates in case crude oil is flared. It is assumed that the occurrence of SO2 in the flare gas would be in traces or negligible.

The associated vehicular movement will also result in dust pollution along the approach roads.

2.5.4 Sources of Water Pollution

The sources of water pollution are from the drilling fluid, process water, domestic utilisation and spills. Drilling fluids will be properly treated in the well site and after reaching regulatory standards will be sent to Authorised dealer for disposal. Process water will be collected and sent to authorised dealers through trucks for treatment. Proper drainage system will be maintained in the drilling site for collecting the effluent water.


Chapter - 3: Description of Environment


62

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Project Overview

Baseline environmental status in and around the proposed project depicts the existing environmental conditions of air, water, noise, soil, biological and socio-economic environment. With proposed project as the centre, a radial distance of 10km is considered as ‘study area’ for baseline data collection. Baseline data was collected for various environmental attributes so as to compute the impacts that are likely to arise due to proposed developmental activity.

The main aim of the impact assessment study is to find out the impact of the project on the environment. This study is carried out during the project planning stage itself, so that the proponent can implement the project in a technically, financially and environmentally sustainable.

The success of any impact assessment study depends mainly on two factors. First is estimation of impact from proposed project on the environment and the second is assessment of the environmental condition. Both are key factors to arrive at the post project scenario. The estimated impact due to the proposal can be superimposed over the existing conditions to arrive at the post project scenario. The baseline studies have been carried for winter season December 2017 to February 2018.

3.2 Geology and Hydro-geological Studies

PFH Oil & Gas is proposing to work over of the temporarily abandoned well (sweet gas), ACH-1 and drilling of 5 additional appraisal/development wells in Achanta, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh. In order to assess the likely impacts from this facility on soils, ground water & surface water environs studies were conducted by focusing the Hydrogeological conditions in and around the project site. The details of the study are presented below.

3.2.1 Geomorphology

Physiographical the study area & its surroundings are divided into two geomorphological features viz., Older Deltaic Plain, Active Flood Plains. The major landform in the study area are fluvial origin, major landforms observed in the study area are meandering channel, natural levees are presented along River Godavari. Topographically the study area is less flat with local undulations. The average altitudes of land surface vary 15 m above mean sea level. The soil types observed in the study area are deltaic alluvial soils Deltaic alluvium which is grey brown to black in color with fine to medium texture, moderate to poor permeable and are prevalent along the River Godavari. These soil are very deep and highly fertile.

3.2.2 Rainfall & Climate

The study area its surroundings is hot subtropical with very hot summer. The summer season extends from March to May followed by southwest monsoon season, which lasts till September. October and November constitute the post monsoon or retreating monsoon




63

season. December to February months experience cold weather condition. The average rainfall of the study area & its surroundings for the last 5 years (2013 t0 2017) is 1055 which is provided in Figure 8.

Figure-8: Annual Rainfall of Study Area

3.2.3 Geology

The district is underlain by different geological formations comprising oldest Archaeans to Recent Alluvium. The rock types are classified as consolidated, semi-consolidated and unconsolidated formations. The consolidated formations include khondalites, charnockites & granitic gneisses of Archaean group, Deccan traps of Tertiary period. The semi consolidated formations are represented by tertiary and upper Gondwana formations like Rajahmundry & Tirupati sandstones and unconsolidated formations comprise deltaic and river alluvial deposits of Quaternary period.

Geologically, the proposed site and its surroundings are covered with Quaternary Alluvium of coastal origin and is acting as top surface layer. The alluvium is mainly composed of Sand, Silt and Clay with varying depths in different locations on all along the narrow coastal stretch of the area. These sandy coastal soils are saline. The general geological succession of study area given below Table-11.

Table-11 : Geological Succession of the Study Area

Age System Formation Lithology

Recent to Sub-Recent

Alluvium Gravel, Sand, silt and clay Laterite

Unconformity

Mio-Pliocene Rajahmundry Conglomerate ferruginous, sandstone and clays




64

Age System Formation Lithology

Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene

Deccan Traps Basalt, Inter trappean beds and intra trappean marl and shales

Lower Cretaceous to Lower Triassic

Upper Gondwana

Tirupathi Gritty and Ferruginous sandstone and clays

Raghavapuram Sandstone, shale and conglomerate

Gollapalli Sandstone and shale

Lower Gondwana Chintalapudi Sandstone, shale and clays

Unconformity

Archaean Khondalites, Charnockites, Granites & Gneisses

3.2.4 Hydrogeology

Groundwater occurs in all most all geological formation and its potential depends upon the nature of geological formations, geographical setup, and incidence of rainfall, recharge and other hydrogeological characters of the aquifer. In study area groundwater occurs in semi consolidated & unconsolidated formations. The study area and its surroundings are occupied by unconsolidated formations comprising and deltaic river alluvium. The ground water is developed in this formation mostly through dug wells ranging in depth from 3.0 to 10.0 m bgl. Groundwater development is limited in alluvium and in general the deeper zones are brackish to saline in nature. Depth of fresh water aquifers varies considerably from place to place. The depth of water levels in study area during pre-monsoon season varies between 2 to 4 mbgl & during post-monsoon season varies between surface level to 2 mbgl.

3.3 Land Use Land Cover Studies

The purpose of Land use Impact Assessment study is for proper planning & optimum utilization of resources and to assess both the long term and short term implications on land uses in the vicinity of the project site and to recommend appropriate cost effective mitigation measures to minimize the adverse effects cause by the project. The information obtained will serve as a base for decision making to maintain ecological balance.

3.3.1 Objectives The objectives of land use studies are:

To Study on the present Land use status of Achanta Block.

Assessment of impacts on project effected classes of the study area.

To give appropriate mitigation measures for optimizing adverse impacts by the project.

3.3.2 Methodology Revenue/cadastral maps with respective to the data provided by the client and Ground Control Points (GCP’s) collected from the filed used for the project site validation. For the




65

study of land use & Land cover of project site, literature review of various secondary sources was taken such as District Census Handbooks, regional maps regarding topography, zoning settlement, industry, forest etc., were taken. The data was collected from various sources like District Census Handbook, Revenue records, state and central government offices and Survey of India (SOI) Top sheets and also through primary field surveys & high resolution satellite imageries are used. By using Remote Sensing (RS) and Geographic Information System (GIS) techniques and interpreted as Figure 9.

Figure-9: LULC Methodology

3.3.3 Study Area

Contract area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 is considered as study area for the Land Use Land Cover Studies. The total land area of contract area is 9.63 sq.km. ONGC have drilled one well during exploration phase at location 16°35'54.38"N, 81°49'55.32"E and named as “Achanta – 1” in the year 1993. Thereafter the well was temporarily abandoned. Around 1.5 acres of Agricultural land was used for this well. The present status of the land used for this well is waste land some waste dumps are observed by Google Images. Latest Google Images of existing well (Achanta -1) is provided in following Figure 10.




66

Figure-10: Google Image of Site

3.3.4 Land Use & Land Cover Assessment The Land use / Land cover information provides extent and spatial distribution of various Land use and Land cover categories. This will become easy for proper planning and analysis. The present land use/ land cover maps were prepared based on the Level II Classification system fallowed with reference of NRSC (2014), Land Use / Land Cover database on 1:50,000 scale, Natural Resources Census Project, National Remote Sensing Centre, ISRO, Hyderabad. Satellite Imagery of the study area Indian Remote Sensing satellite IRS P6 Resourcesat-2 LISS IV FCC (False Colour Composite) of latest data of 5m Spatial resolution, Path 103 Row 61, Date of acquisition 10 DEC 2017 has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land cover Map. FCC satellite imagery of the study area showing in Figure 11. Different land use classes of study area (Roads, settlements, water bodies, etc.) extracted from Latest SOI topo sheets. Which are useful clues for image interpretation and in field verification. Using visual image interpretation techniques land use classes were identified and classified on the corresponding FCC imageries using image interpretation techniques conceived by image elements of tone, texture, size, shape, pattern, shadow, location and association etc. Ground Truthing Ground truthing of the study area was done for verification of information of the different features of the study areas, which are responsible for the occurrence of specific spectral reflectance behavioural patterns. The Land use / Land cover information provides extent and spatial distribution of various Land use Land cover categories. The present study is conducted using satellite data and assessed visually into the 3 major groups. The following land use categories have been mapped in the area.

Built up Land Agricultural land Water Bodies




67

Figure 11: Satellite Image of the Study Area




68

Built Up Land: It is an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that has a cover of buildings, transport and communication, utilities in association with water, vegetation and vacant lands. The total built up area occupied is 98 Ha. Agricultural Land: These are the lands primarily used for the farming for the production of food, fiber crops and other commercial and horticultural crops. In the study area majority of the people are involved in agricultural activity.

Cropland: Cropped areas appear in bright red to red in color with varying shape

and size in a contiguous to non‐ contiguous pattern. In present study area majority of the crops are double cropped area of paddy. In present study area croplands occupied is 735 Ha.

Plantation: These are the areas under agricultural tree crops planted adopting agricultural management techniques. Use of multi season data will enable their separation in a better way. Horticultural plantations like coconut, banana, are observed in the study area. In present study area plantations are occupied in 74 Ha.

Fallow: These are the lands, which are taken up for cultivation but are temporarily allowed to rest, un-cropped for one or more season, but not less than one year.n present study area Fallow and occupied is 42 Ha.

Water Bodies: This category comprises areas with surface water in the form of ponds, lakes, tanks and reservoirs. Present study water bodies occupied by 14 Ha.

Table-12 : LULC Classification of the Study Area

LULC Classification

Sl.No LULC Class-I LULC Class-II Area in Hectares

1 Agricultural land Crop land(Single/Double Crop) 735

Plantation 74

Fallow land 42

2 Built Up Land Rural land 98

3 Water Bodies Rivers/Streams/Canals 14

Total Area in Hectares 963




69

Figure 12: LU & LC Map of the Study Area




70

3.4 Soil Quality

Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical environment. The soil quality locations are given in Table-13, and soil sampling results is given in Table-14, soil standard classification is given in Table-15. Soil sampling Photos are provided in Figure-13 and Soil sampling Location map is provided in Figure-14.

Table-13 : Soil Sampling Locations

Code Sampling Location Latitude Longitude

S1 Chinamallam 16.629818° 81.830629°

S2 Kodamanchelli 16.604418° 81.836266°

S3 Poduru 16.591105° 81.756273°

S4 Achanta 16.602714° 81.802209°

Figure-13 : Soil Sampling Photos




71

Figure-14 : Soil Sampling Location Map




72

Table-14 : Soil Quality Results

Sl.N Parameters Test Method Results

Chinamallam Kodamanchali Achanta Puduru

1 pH (1.5 Aq. Extraction)

SOP no. SNM:01 issue no.1 issue date

01.02.2015 (based on Soil

Testing in India, Method

manual by Dept. of

Agriculture & Corporation, GOI, 2011)

7.11 6.28 7.62 7.91

2 E.C (ms) (1:5 Aq. Suspension )

0.17 0.52 0.03 0.28

3 Available Nitrogen, % 16.8 26.32 17.92 16.24

4 Available Phosphorous as P, Kg/Hec

Nil Nil Nil Nil

5 Available Potassium as K, Kg/Hec

2500 686 412.5 3062.5

6 Ex. Calcium , meq/100g 10 4.60 12 7.20

7 Ex. Magnesium, meq/100g 6.20 9 6.40 1.80

8 Ex. Sodium , meq/100g 5.36 25.75 2.51 5.40

9 Ex. Potassium , mg/kg 1250 343 206.25 1531.25

10* Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR)

1.90 9.9 0.80 2.60

11* Bulk Density, g/cc 1.05 0.94 0.85 0.65

12 Organic Carbon,% 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.01

13 Organic Matter,% 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.02

14*

Texture Sandy Soil Sandy soil Silt

Loam Sandy

a) Sand, % 91.59 91.11 9.02 94.00

b) Silt, % 2.14 4.68 80.73 0

c) Clay, % 6.27 4.21 10.25 6.00

15* Cation Exchange Capacity, meq/100g

24.50 20.6 25.65 28.50

16* Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl, mg/kg

753.31 1861.13 487.43 753.31

17* Water Soluble Sulphates as SO4, mg/kg

22.59 11.75 27.65 258.85

18* Total Iron as Fe, mg/kg 70 14.54 12.53 7.59

19* Manganese as Mn, mg/kg 2139.26 1564.95 813.30 1414.92

20* Available Boron as B, mg/kg 95.4 73.96 114.22 67.36

21* Zinc as Zn, mg/kg 147.35 128.16 89.94 119.6

22* Total Chromium as Cr, mg/kg 202.35 165.97 171.08 202.92

23* Lead as Pb, mg/kg 30.25 20.89 17.36 44.87

24* Nickel as Ni, mg/kg 113.47 82.06 75.87 119.97

25* Arsenic as As, mg/kg <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26* Mercury as Hg, mg/kg <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27* Cadmium as Cd, mg/kg 3.3 2.4 3.0 3.96

28* Aluminium as Al, % 11.61 14.01 13.67 9.36




73

Table-15 : Soil Standard Classification

Sl. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm) (1ppm = 640 µmho/cm)

Up to 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%) Up to 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium, 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agricultural Research

Chemical Characteristics of the Soil The parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), Electrical conductivity (EC), Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) Cations, like Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium and Potassium, , sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR).,, Macro nutrients like Available Nitrogen, total Organic carbon, organic matter Available phosphorus, available potassium.




74

Soil reaction (pH) The nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility with which these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe, Mn and Zn become less available as pH rises from to 7 to 8.. At pH 6.5 to7.0 utilization of nitrate and ammonia nitrogen becomes more available. In case of phosphorus it becomes less available to plant as pH increases above 8.5, due to its fixation in exchange complex of soil. For the four soil sample under consideration the pH ranges between 6.28 to 7.91 indicating soils are Neutral & slightly acidic.

Electrical conductivity (EC) The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC measurements, and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed as µmhos/cm at 25oC, µsmhos/ cm or mmhos /cm or sm/cm. The EC of four soil samples is between 0.03 to 0.52 mmhos/cm and are below the limits to be called as average and hence the soils are Average and harmful to germination.

Organic Carbon / Organic matter (%) Although accounting for only a small part of the total soil mass in mineral soils, organic matter influences physical, chemical, and biological activities in the soil. Organic matter in the soil is plant and animal residue which serves as a reserve for many essential nutrients, especially nitrogen. Determination of organic matter helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released by bacterial activity for the next season depending on the conditions, soil aeration, pH, type of organic material, and other factors. The Four soil samples under consideration contain 0.01 to 0.02 % organic carbon and 0.02 to 0.03 % organic matter, OM is calculated from organic carbon estimation. As per crop requirements the soils are more than sufficient.

Exchangeable Calcium (Ca++) Calcium, an essential part of plant cell wall structure, provides for normal transport and retention of other elements as well as strength in the plant. It is also thought to counteract the effect of alkali salts and organic acids within a plant and soil acidity. The exchangeable calcium content of four soil samples ranges between 4.60 to 12 me/100gm soil, and having low base saturation percentage (around 25%). For normal crop growth a base saturation percent of soils more than 50% is required. As per the physical data soils are clay having more bulk density, imperatively high water holding capacity, and slow permeability. As per physical characters soils are rated as very good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are slightly alkaline and electrical conductivity (EC) is non-saline (normal). Organic matter is sufficient. Macro nutrient like nitrogen is sufficient and phosphorus is low to very low. Potassium is sufficient, calcium, magnesium is high and base saturation is high. Sodium is low and soils are normal. Cation Exchange capacity is high indicating good fertility. Exchangeable Ca is high with high base saturation, Ex K is sufficient Ex Na is low indicating no alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are normal. In buffer area (block of development Wells), the soils of most of the area are mostly under Inceptisols order followed by Entisols,




75

Alfisols and Vertisols. The survey area is dominated by nearly level to very gently sloping lands, followed by very gently sloping to gently sloping land. The area is under very deep followed by moderately deep soils and deep soils. The area is affected by none to slight water erosion followed by severe, moderate and slight to moderate erosion. Thus as per analysis of soils data and secondary information, the land can be classified as class IIes land i.e good soils on plain lands, subject to water erosion as per land capability classification (USDA) i.e. good land for sustained agriculture.

3.5 Meteorological Conditions The methodology adopted for monitoring the surface meteorological conditions observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS : 8829) and India Meteorological Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the site-specific data. Data was collected every hour continuously from December 2017 to February 2018. Methodology of Data Generation A Central Monitoring Station (CMS) equipped with continuous monitoring equipment was installed on top of a building at a height of 6 m above ground level to record wind speed, direction, relative humidity and temperature. The meteorological monitoring station was located in such a way that it is free from any obstructions and as per the guidelines specified under IS: 8829. Cloud cover was recorded by visual observation. Rainfall was monitored by using rain gauge. The continuous recording meteorological instrument of Dynalab, Pune (Model No.WDL 1002) has been used for recording the met data. The sensitivity of the equipment is as given in following.

Sr. No. Sensor Sensitivity

1 Wind speed Sensor ± 0.02 m/s

2 Wind direction Sensor ± 3 degrees

3 Temperature Sensor ± 0.2oC

Sources of Information Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the nearest IMD station at Narsapur. The available meteorological data of IMD, Narsapur station has been collected for the past 10 years and analyzed

3.5.1 Analysis of IMD Data

The meteorological data is collected from IMD - Narsapur, which is the nearest IMD station to the project site. The data collected from IMD includes wind speed, wind direction (recorded in sixteen directions), temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure; rainfall and cloud cover over a period of past 10 years. The monthly maximum, minimum and average values are collected for all the parameters except wind speed and direction. All these parameters are recorded twice a day viz at 0830 and 1730 hours. The collected data is tabulated in Table 16.




76

Table-16 : Meteorological Data from IMD (1971-2000)

Month

Temperature(0C) Humidity % Rainfall Mean Wind speed

(Kmph)

Predominant direction

Mean Min

Mean Max

Highest Lowest 8.30 hours

17.30 hours

Monthly (mm)

No of rainy days

1st 2nd

Jan 19.7 28.7 30.5 17.4 88 69 15.0 0.8 1.7 NE E

Feb 11.7 30.2 34.8 6.2 69 37 24.1 1.9 2.0 SE NE

Mar 23.3 32.7 34.7 20.6 84 69 8.9 0.5 2.3 SW S

Apr 25.6 34.3 36.4 22.6 76 69 36.2 1.8 3.1 SW S

May 27.5 36.3 42.0 23.3 73 66 67.3 2.3 4.0 SW S

June 27.1 35.2 40.1 23.1 73 67 105.2 5.9 4.9 SW S

July 25.7 32.3 36.6 23.0 81 73 232.9 11.6 4.3 W SW

Aug 25.5 31.6 34.5 23.2 83 76 227.3 11.3 4.3 W SW

Sep 25.7 31.6 34.2 23.3 86 79 213.1 10.3 2.4 W SW

Oct 24.5 30.8 33.0 21.9 86 80 230.0 10.9 1.8 NE E

Nov 22.1 29.9 31.6 18.5 83 73 105.8 4.2 2.6 NE E

Dec 19.8 28.5 30.0 17.0 81 68 19.4 1.2 2.3 NE E

3.5.2 Meteorological Scenario of the Study Area

The study of metrological conditions forms an intrinsic part of the environment impact assessment study. The metrological conditions of an area and the drilling process are both intertwined and each has definite influence over the other. Favourable weather conditions and the surroundings help the successful operation of the proposed activities, while the drilling operation influences the weather in both positive as well as negative ways. Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. The meteorological data recorded at the site for the study period is given in Table 17.

Table-17 : Observed Meteorological Data Onsite

Period Temp (oC) Humidity (%) Rain fall

(mm) wind

direction Predominant

Min Max Min Max

December 2017 17.0 30.0 68 81 19.4 NE 1st

January 2018 17.4 30.5 69 88 15.0 NE 1st

February 2018 18.4 32.0 66 88 19.8 NE 1st

3.5.3 Wind Pattern

The detailed analysis of the wind pattern of the study area and wind pattern is drawn using software WRPLOT. The predominant wind direction for winter season (December 2017 to February 2018) is shown in the Figure-15.




77

Figure-15: Wind Rose for Winter Season

3.6 Ambient Air Quality

The study is essential to establish environmentally significant issues due to Development drilling activities being taken-up and critical environmental changes that have occurred since the initiation of such activities. For the PFH, Achanta, West Godavari, Andhra Pradesh. The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientifically designed ambient air quality network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been based on the following considerations. Meteorological conditions on a synoptic scale Topography of the study area Representation of the regional background levels Representation of the plant site Influence of the existing sources Major settlements in the study area

Ambient air quality stations were set up at 6 different locations with consideration at above mentioned points. The locations were selected in downwind, cross wind and up wind of the proposed project. The common air pollutants namely Particulate matter (PM10 & PM2.5), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), the oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Hydrocarbons, VOCs were sampled on 24 hourly and results were averaged to 24 hours to meet the requirements of the MoEF&CC and compared with the standards stipulated by CPCB. The mono-aromatic hydrocarbons like Benzene, Toluene, Ethyl-benzene and Xylene (BTEX) are considered as volatile organic compounds (VOCs). VOCs in ambient air originate from various biogenic and anthropogenic sources. Among the VOCs, benzene is regarded as carcinogen to humans. Among the selected VOCs pollutants, they follow a




78

sequence as Xylene>Ethyl-benzene>benzene>toluene respectively. Their occurrence indicates the contribution of combustion of organic matter such as wood, petroleum product, motor vehicle emissions etc. The ambient air quality locations are given in Table-18 and their locations on map is shown in Figure-16 & Filed Photographs are shown in Figure-17. The ambient air quality results obtained are given in Table-19.

Table-18 : Air Monitoring Locations

Code Sampling Location Latitude Longitude Direction

AQ1 Project site 16.604974° 81.832981° --

AQ2 Achanta 16.601962° 81.809722° Down wind

AQ3 Achanta Vemavaram 16.56944° 81.811699° Down wind

AQ4 Bellampudi 16.634221° 81.881938° Up-wind

AQ5 Poduru 16.589757° 81.758989° Down wind

AQ6 Chinamallam 16.628193° 81.830798° Cross wind




79

Figure-16: Ambient Air Quality Locations




80

Table-19 : Ambient Air Quality Results for Winter Season

Code Location

PM10 µg/m3 PM2.5 µg/m3 SO2 µg/m3 NOx µg/m3

Min Max Avg 98th

%ile Min Max Avg

98th %ile

Min Max Avg 98th

%ile Min Max Avg

98th %ile

AQ1 Projectsite 49.8 52.1 51.0 52.1 22.2 24.5 23.4 24.5 9.2 11.5 10.4 11.5 10.6 12.9 11.8 12.9

AQ2 Achanta 50.9 54.4 52.6 54.3 23.5 25.8 24.7 25.8 6.1 8.4 7.3 8.4 7.8 10.1 9.0 10.1

AQ3 Achanta Vemavaram

45.1 47.4 46.3 47.4 21.3 23.6 22.5 23.6 10.3 12.6 11.5 12.6 11.6 13.9 12.8 13.9

AQ4 Bellampudi 40.6 42.9 41.8 42.9 19.0 21.3 20.2 21.3 7.1 9.4 8.3 9.4 8.7 11.0 9.9 11.0

AQ5 Poduru 41.1 43.4 42.3 43.4 19.4 21.7 20.6 21.7 12.4 14.7 13.6 14.7 13.7 16.0 14.9 16.0

AQ6 Chinamallam 37.4 39.7 38.6 39.7 18.2 20.5 19.4 20.5 11.6 13.9 12.8 13.9 12.8 15.1 14.0 15.1

NAAQ Stds 100 µg/m3 60 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3

Code Location Ozone µg/m3 Ammonia µg/m3 Benzene,

µg/m3 Benzo-alfa-

Pyrene, ng/m3 Lead as Pb,

µg/m3 Nickel as Ni, ng/m3

Arsenic as As, ng/m3 Min Max Min Max

AQ1 Projectsite 2.3 5.2 5.2 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1

AQ2 Achanta 4.9 8.2 7.5 9.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1

AQ3 Achanta Vemavaram

4.4 7.8 0.4 9.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1

AQ4 Bellampudi 3.3 6.5 6.4 8.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1

AQ5 Poduru 4.6 8.4 5.0 10.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1

AQ6 Chinamallam 3.5 7.0 5.7 9.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1

NAAQ Standards 100 µg/m3 400 µg/m3 5 µg/m3 5 ng/m3 1 µg/m3 20 ng/m3 6 ng/m3

Spot Concentration

Code Location Methane, µg/m3 Non Methane, µg/m3 Hydrocarbon, µg/m3 CO, µg/m3

AQ1 Projectsite 264.0 88.0 336.0 201.5

AQ2 Achanta 298.4 95.0 389.3 360.5

AQ3 Achanta Vemavaram 166.5 87.0 238.2 243.2

AQ4 Bellampudi 186.0 72.0 254.0 160.3

AQ5 Poduru 163.0 78.4 217.3 166.5

AQ6 Chinamallam 193.0 84.0 269.0 255.7




81

All the AAQ values are observed to be well within the permissible limits as there is no development near the well locations. PM10 & PM 2.5 highest values are observed at Achanta village 54.4 µg/m3 & 25.8 µg/m3 respectively. NOx & Ozone highest values are observed at Poduru village 16 µg/m3 & 8.4 µg/m3 respectively. SO2 highest values are at Chinamallam village 13.9 µg/m3 .Air Quality Data for the monitoring period is provided as Annexure III.

Figure-17: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Photos

3.7 Water Quality Assessment

Groundwater and surface water collected from the study area to assess the water quality during the study period. Surface Water locations are given in Table 20, and groundwater locations are given in Table 21. The analysis results of surface and ground water is given in Table 22 and Table 23. The sampling location map is given in Figure 18 and Photos are provided in Figure 19.

Table-20 : Surface Water Locations


SW1 Gautami Godavari River 16.608659° 81.857865°

Table-21 : Ground Water Locations


GW1 Chinamallam 16.629448° 81.830230°

GW2 Kodamanchali 16.605054° 81.833664°

GW3 Puduru 16.589226° 81.756122°

GW4 Achanta 16.602724° 81.806779°




82

Table-22 : Surface Water Quality

Sl. No Parameters Test Method UOM Gautami Godavari River

1* pH APHA 4500-H+B --- 7.2

2* Colour APHA Hazen <5

3* Odour APHA --- Agreeable

4* Taste APHA --- ---

5* Turbidity APHA NTU <1

6* Electrical Conductivity APHA 2510-B µs/cm 602

7* Chloride as Cl APHA 4500-Cl-B mg/l 100

8* Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540-C mg/l 396

9* Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 APHA 2320-B mg/l 134

10 Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340-C mg/l 81

11 Calcium as Ca APHA 3500-Ca-B mg/l 26

12 Magnesium as Mg APHA 3500-Mg-B mg/l 15

13 Sulphate as SO4 APHA 4500-SO4- E mg/l 0.5

14 Ammonia as Total Ammonia-N APHA mg/l 2.68

15* Iron as Fe APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.1

16* Nitrate as NO3 APHA mg/l <0.1

17 Fluoride as F APHA 4500-F-B&D mg/l 0.5

18 Boron as B APHA 3120 B mg/l 0.2

19 Residual Free Chlorine APHA mg/l 0.01

20 Copper as Cu APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

21 Manganese as Mn APHA 3120 B mg/l 0.15

22 Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH APHA 5530-D mg/l <0.01

23* Mercury as Hg APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

24 Cadmium as Cd APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

25 Selenium as Se APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

26 Total Arsenic as As APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

27 Lead as Pb APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

28 Zinc as Zn APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

29* Total Chromium as Cr APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

30* Barium as Ba APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

31* Silver as Ag APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01




83

Sl. No Parameters Test Method UOM Gautami Godavari River

32 Aluminium as Al APHA 3120 B mg/l 0.02

33 Sulphide as H2S APHA 4500-S2- F mg/l <0.05

34 Antimony as Sb APHA 3120 B mg/l <0.01

35 Nitrite as NO2 APHA mg/l 0.1

36 Sodium as Na, APHA 3500-Na-B mg/l 3.5

37 Potassium as K, APHA 3500-K –B mg/l 0.25

38 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 5220 B mg/l 15

39 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)for 3 days at 27°C,

IS 3025 (P.44)- 1993 mg/l 6

40 Dissolved oxygen, APHA 4500-O-C mg/l 5.6

41 Phosphates as PO4 APHA 4500-P- D mg/l 0.1

Table-23 : Ground Water Quality

Sl. No

Parameters Test Method UOM Chinamallam Kodamanchali Achanta Puduru

1* pH APHA 23rd Edt’n, 4500-H+B --- 8.1 7.5 7.42 7.69

2* Colour APHA-23rd Edition Hazen 5 <5 5 5

3* Odour APHA-23rd Edition --- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4* Taste APHA-23rd Edition --- --- --- --- ---

5* Turbidity APHA-23rd Edition NTU 1.80 <0.1 <0.1 0.20

6* Electrical Conductivity APHA 23rd Edt’n, 2510-B µs/cm 3700 1300 2100 1100

7* Chloride as Cl APHA 23rd Edt’n,4500-Cl-B mg/l 521 294 354.5 200

8* Total Dissolved Solids APHA 23rd Edt’n, 2540-C mg/l 2234 958 1442 878

9* Total Alkalinity as CaCO3

APHA 23rd Edt’n,2320-B mg/l 320 530.4 354 395.2

10 Total Hardness as CaCO3

APHA 23rd Edt’n, 2340-C mg/l 330 340 395 165

11 Calcium as Ca APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3500-Ca-B mg/l 36.1 78.2 82.2 22.0

12 Magnesium as Mg APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3500-Mg-B mg/l 58.3 35.2 46.2 26.7

13 Sulphate as SO4 APHA 23rd edition 2017, 4500-SO4- E

mg/l 313.5 35.9 102.3 73




84

Sl. No

Parameters Test Method UOM Chinamallam Kodamanchali Achanta Puduru

14 Ammonia as Total Ammonia-N

APHA-23rd Edition mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil

15* Iron as Fe APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.03

16* Nitrate as NO3 APHA-23rd Edition mg/l 19.7 6.5 16.30 3

17 Fluoride as F APHA 23nd Edt’n, 4500-F-B&D

mg/l 0.4 0.20 0.52 0.40

18 Boron as B APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.40 0.10 0.30 0.10

19 Residual Free Chlorine APHA-23rd Edition mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

20 Copper as Cu APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

21 Manganese as Mn APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.03 0.08 0.5 0.30

22 Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH

APHA-23rd Edition mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

23* Mercury as Hg APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

24 Cadmium as Cd APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

25 Selenium as Se APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 0.10 0.09 <0.01

26 Total Arsenic as As APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

27 Lead as Pb APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

28 Zinc as Zn APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.01

29* Hexavalent Chromium as Cr+6

APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.02 <0.02

30* Barium as Ba APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.05 0.02 0.20 0.10

31* Silver as Ag APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

32 Aluminium as Al APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01

33 Sulphide as S APHA 23rd Edt’n, 4500-S2- F mg/l 3.50 4.0 5.4 4.6

34 Molybdenum as Mo APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l 0.02 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

35 Nickel as Ni APHA 23rd Edt’n, 3120 B mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01




85

Figure-18: Ground Water Sampling Location Map




86

Figure-19 : Water Sampling Photos

Surface Water Quality of Gautami Godavari River near Kundaleswaram village indicates presence of fresh water. pH- 7.1, EC- 602. Alkalinity- 134. Ground water quality in the region is complying with the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500-2012. Hardness of the ground water samples is ranging between 165 - 395 mg/l water samples are within the permissible limits. pH of the ground water samples is ranging between 7.42 to 7.7 water samples are within the acceptable limits & TDS of the ground water samples is ranging between 878 mg/l to 2234 mg/l water samples are potable.


The environmental impact of noise from any development activity can be assessed by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance and general community responses. The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise levels and assess the impact of the noise levels expected to be generated by the commissioning and operation of the proposed drilling project around it.

3.7.1 Sources of noise

The main sources of noise in the study area are domestic activities, commercial activities, industrial activities and vehicular traffic.

3.7.2 Noise monitoring locations

Baseline noise levels have been monitored at four (4) locations within the study area, using a sound level meter. The noise level monitoring has been conducted for assessment of existing noise level status, keeping in view the land use pattern and anthropogenic activities. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and the night levels during 10 pm to 6 am. The noise monitoring locations is given in Table-24, the noise monitoring map is shown in Figure-21 and Photos of the same are provided in Figure-20.




87

Table-24 : Noise Monitoring Locations

Code Sampling Location *Noise Zone Latitude Longitude

N1 Chinamallam C 16.629745° 81.828895°

N2 Kodmanchelli C 16.603496° 81.830822°

N3 Poduru C 16.588781° 81.753317°

N4 Achanta C 16.602303° 81.809142°

Note: * Area Code as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000: A- Industrial Area, B- Commercial Area, C- Residential Area, D- Silence Zone

Figure-20 Noise Monitoring Photos




88

Figure-21 : Noise Monitoring Location Map




89

3.7.3 Results and discussions

The noise monitoring results are tabulated in Table-25

Table-25 : Summary of Monitored Ambient Noise Quality

Location Code N1 N2 N3 N4

*Zone C C C C

L10 35.5 35.5 36.5 38.5

L50 33.0 33.0 35.0 36.8

L90 31.7 31.7 33.8 35.5

Leq 33.3 33.3 35.1 36.9

Lmin 25.8 25.8 24.0 26.9

Lmax 48.0 48.0 45.0 46.7

Lday 38.3 28.3 39.8 40.5

Lnight 29.4 29.4 29.0 32.0

CPCB Standards

Lday 50 50 50 50

Lnight 40 40 40 40

Note: * Area Code as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000: A- Industrial Area, B- Commercial Area, C- Residential Area, D- Silence Zone Source: EIA Studies. The day and night equivalent noise levels observed in the Residential zone areas like places of worship, school and college during the study period are ranging between 40.5 to 28.3 dB (A) and 32.0 to 29.0 dB(A) respectively, which are within the standards suggested by CPCB.

3.9 Ecological Studies

Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the abiotic components a viz. physical and chemical components of the environment. Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. The animal and plant communities co-exist in a well-organized manner. Their natural settings can get disturbed by any externally induced anthropological activities or by naturally occurring calamities or disaster. So, once this setting is disturbed, it sometimes is either practically impossible or may take a longer time to come back to its original state. Hence, changes in the status of flora and fauna are an elementary requirement of Environmental Impact Assessment studies, in view of the need for conservation of




90

environmental quality and biodiversity. Information on flora and fauna was collected within the study area. Relevant details on aquatic life within the study area were collected from related government offices. The present report gives the review of published secondary data and the results of field sampling conducted during winter season 2018.

3.9.1 Objectives of Ecological Studies

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the block area;

To assess the distribution of animal life spectra;

To study inventory of flora and fauna in proposed block area

To prepare status report of flora and fauna in proposed block area

To understand the productivity of the water bodies; and

To ascertain migratory routes of fauna and possibility of breeding grounds, if any.

3.9.2 Methodology adopted for the Survey

To achieve the above objectives, a detailed study of the entire project area was undertaken. The different methods adopted were as follows: o Compilation of secondary data with respect to the study area from published literature

and Government agencies; o Generation of primary data by undertaking systematic ecological studies in the area; o Discussion with local people so as to elicit information about local plants, animals and

their uses; and o Gathering data for ethno-biology.

3.9.3 Study Period

The study period December-2017 to February 2018

3.9.4 Scope, Aim & Objectives

Evaluation of the biodiversity scenario of the project area. To understand ecological setting of the project area in terms of National Parks / Wildlife

Sanctuary / Forests / Tiger reserve / Eco-sensitive attributes / Wetlands / Creeks / Mangroves / Breeding and Nesting sites / Biosphere Reserve/ Tiger Reserves and Elephant corridor etc. within project study area.

To report Schedule, threatened, rare, endangered and endemic species within the project area.

To evaluate the likely impact of the proposed project activities and its aspects on surrounding habitats / floral and faunal components of the project study area.

To suggest / prepare action plan to mitigate likely impacts on the biodiversity of the project area through green belt development (by following CPCB guidelines).




91

3.9.5 Field Data Collection / Inventory

Biodiversity of flora-fauna reported from the project region have been used to generate the biological database of the study area. Details of reference are given in the references section of the report.

3.9.6 Forest block with in block area There are no Reserve Forests within the Study Area.

3.9.7 Terrestrial Ecological Status: Primary Survey A preliminary survey was made in the study block area. The primary data was generated through: 1. Preparing a general checklist of all plants encountered in the study area. This would

indicate the biodiversity for wild and cultivated plants.. 2. Determining the bird population of migratory and local birds by taking 10 random

readings at every location; 3. Observing mammals, amphibians and reptiles, noting their calls, droppings,

burrows, pugmarks and other signs; and 4. Local inhabitants were interviewed for uses of plants and animals and to get ethno

biological data. The sampling locations for ecological study of the project are given in Table-26 and flora of study area Figure-22.

Table 26: Details of Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Locations

Station Code Name of the Station Distance Direction

TE-1 P. Gannavaram 4.8km SE

TE-2 Siddantham 6.4km NW

TE-3 Ilaparru 4.9km N

TE-4 Mulaparru 2 km N

TE-5 Chinamallam 1.3km N

TE-6 Kondamanchilli Within block -

TE-7 Penumanchili 0.49 S

TE-8 Achanta Within block -

TE-9 Turpupalem 3.5km W

TE-10 Pandita illuru 4.6km W

TE-11 Anandaraopeta (Bus Shelter area) 4km W




92

Figure-22 : Flora of Study Area

3.9.8 Status of Terrestrial Bio diversity

Godavari is the important river flowing in this area. This river borders the entire eastern boundary. At Vijjeswaram, Godavari river breaks into two branches namely, the Gowthami




93

Godavari (Eastern branch) and Vasishta Godavari (Western branch) and flows towards the south of the District before falling into the Bay of Bengal near Antarvedi. Vasishta Godavari flow in the eastern direction in the study area towards south and confluences with Bay of Bengal. The proposed project site is situated in the Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District. Agriculture crops mainly includes paddy and other crops like coconut, banana are also observed in the study area. Coconut & Banana plantations are found dominant in the region. Most of the cultivation is mainly dependent of Godavari River and other surface water flowing in the area. Coconut groves and paddy cultivation are the important agricultural practices of this area Methodology for the study for Flora Species The methodology adopted to collect information on flora and fauna from core and buffer areas are as given below: Floral Diversity The aim of the present study was to enumeration of the available plant resources including endangered species and obtaining a broad representation of the existing floristic variations in the core (proposed project area) and buffer area (10 km radius from the proposed project). By crisscross walking in the core and buffer areas for the primary survey, all the species encountered were identified and recorded. Identification of plants was done using different books on flora like [Gamble (1915-36), Saxena & Brahmam (1994-96), Pullaiah & Chennaiah (1997), Pullaiah & Ali Moulali (1997), Pullaiah (1997) and Chetty et. al., (2007)]. Phyto-sociology Phytosociological study was carried out following Random Quadrate Sampling method. In order to accommodate maximum representation of different types of plant species, sample plots were laid in selected places in different parts of study area of project that contain natural vegetation. Quadrates of 10 m X 10 m (100 squre meters) size were randomly laid to study tree species. Within these sample plots, sub-plots of 1 m x 1 m were laid down randomly for studying the shrub layer and regeneration of tree species. Quantitative analysis The primary data recorded by laying quadrats were utilized to derive density, frequency and abundance following standard phyto-sociological methods of Mishra (1968). Important Value Index for trees only was estimated following the formula developed by Cottam and Curtis (1956) taking into consideration of relative frequency, relative density and Relative Dominance. Species diversity indices like Shannon-Wiener Index (H') and

Simpson’s Index () were calculated as per Magurran (1988). Formulae used for various calculations are as given below: Density: It is an expression of the numerical strength of a species where the total number of individuals of each species in all the quadrats is divided by the total number of quadrats studied. Density is calculated by the equation:




94

Density (D) =Total number of individuals in all quadrats

Total number of quadrats studied

Frequency: This term refers to the degree of dispersion of individual species in an area and usually expressed in terms of percentage occurrence. It was studied by sampling the study area at several places randomly and recorded the name of the species that occurred in each sampling units. It is calculated by the equation:

Frequency (F) =Total number of quadrats of occurrence of a species

Total number of quadrats studied X 100

Abundance: It is the study of the number of individuals of different species in the community per unit area. By quadrates method, samplings are made at random at several places and the number of individuals of each species was summed up for all the quadrates divided by the total number of quadrates in which the species occurred. It is represented by the equation:

Abundance (A) =Total number of individuals in all quadrats

Total number quadrats of occurrence

Important Value Index: This index is used to determine the overall importance of each species in the community structure. In calculating this index, the percentage values of the relative frequency, relative density and relative dominance are summed up together and this value is designated as the Importance Value Index. IVI is calculated only for tree category. Relative Density: Relative density is the study of numerical strength of a species in relation to the total number of individuals of all the species and can be calculated as:

Relative Density (RD) =Number of individuals of a species

Total number of individuals of all species X 100

Relative Frequency: The degree of dispersion of individual species in an area in relation to the number of all the species occurred.

Relative Frequency (RF) =Number of occurrences of a species

Total number of occurences of all species X 100

Relative Dominance: Dominance of a species is determined by the value of the basal cover. Relative dominance is the coverage value of a species with respect to the sum of coverage of the rest of the species in the area.

Relative Dominance (RDo) =Basal area of individual speceis

Basal area of all speceis X 100

The total basal area was calculated from the sum of the total diameter of all trees. The basal area was measured at breast height (1.5 m) and by using the formula πr2.




95

Shannon’s diversity index and Simpson’s index of dominance by using the following equation.

Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index (H') = - pi ln pi

Simpson’s Dominance index () = pi2 where, pi is the proportion of individuals of the ith species; pi = Ni / N Ni is the number of individuals in the ith species and N is the total number of individuals of all species in the stand Biodiversity database of the region reveals the presence 40 species of trees, 32 species including herbs, climber & grass species while shrubs reported with 16 species from various habitats. Taxonomic account for all species is given bellow.

Table-27 : Tree Species Reported from the Project Region

Sl. No. Habit Scientific Name Common Name Family

1 Tree Oroxylum indicum Pampini, Shyonaka Bignoniaceae

2 Tree Achras sapota Hairy Xantolis Sapotaceae

3 Tree Wrightia tomentosa Adaviankudu Apocynaceae

4 Tree Flacourtia indica Kanavegu chettu Salicaceae

5 Tree Terminalia tomentosa Asan, Indian Laurel Combreteaceae

6 Tree Helicteres isora Avartani, Chemali nara Sterculiaceae

7 Tree Leucaena leucephala Seema chinta Fabaceae

8 Tree Terminalis arjuna Tella maddi Combretaceae

9 Tree Lagerstroemia parviflora Chinangi Lythraceae

10 Tree Holarrhena pubescens - Apocynaceae

11 Tree Cassia fistula - Caesalpiniaceae

12 Tree Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae

13 Tree Bauhinia racemosa Tella arechettu Caesalpiniaceae

14 Tree Gardenia gumifera Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae

15 Tree Cleistanthus collinus Kadise, korshe, korsi, vadise Euphorbiaceae

16 Tree Ficus hispida Kakodumbara, bomma-medi Moraceae

17 Tree Murraya koenigii Karivepa, karepaku Rutaceae

18 Tree Cocos nucifera Kobbari chettu, Coconut Arecaceae

19 Tree Xylia xylocarpa Kondatangedu, konda tangedu Fabaceae

20 Tree Strychnus nux-vomica Mucidi Loganiaceae

21 Tree Moringa oleifera Mochakamu, Mulaga Moringaceae

22 Tree Anacardium occidentale Munthamamidi Anacardiaceae

23 Tree Canthium parviflorum Sinnabalusu Rubiaceae

24 Tree Eucalyptus tereticornis Neelagiri Myrtaceae

25 Tree Butea superba Palasha, Teega moduga Fabaceae

26 Tree Borassus flabellifer Palmyra palm Arecaceae

27 Tree Punica granatum Pomegranate, Anar Lythraceae

28 Tree Annona reticulate Ramphal Annonaceae

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Loganiaceae




96


29 Tree Ziziphus numularis Regu Rhamnaceae

30 Tree Bombax ceiba Salmali, Erra buruga Bombacaceae

31 Tree Casuarina equisetifolia Saruguda Casuarinaceae

32 Tree Meremia tridentata Sitasavaram convolvulaceae

33 Tree Phyllanthus emblica Usiri Euphorbiaceae

34 Tree Emblica officinalis Usiri, Usirikaya Phyllanthaceae

35 Tree Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae

36 Tree Holarrhena pubescens Jalari, Pacaru, Paccare Fabaceae

37 Tree Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae

38 Tree Gardenia gumifera Telbampa Rubiaceae

39 Tree Dalbergia sissoo Irugudu Fabaceae

40 Tree Musa acuminate Arati Musaceae

Table-28 : Herbs, Climbers and Grass Species Reported from the Project Region


1 Climber Cardiospermum halicacabum Buddakakara, Ekkudutige Sapindaceae

2 Climber Tribulus Cinnpalleru Zygophylaceae

3 Climber Coccinia grandis Donda kaya Cucurbitaceae

4 Climber Mucuna pruriens Kapikacchu, Pilliadugu Fabaceae

5 Climber Caesalpinia bonduc Kuberaksha, Gachchakaya Caesalpiniaceae

6 Climber Piper nigrum Miryalatige Piperaceae

7 Climber Asparagus species Pilli tegalu Asparagaceae

8 Climber Cissampelos pareira Velvet Leaf Menispermaceae

9 Climber Convolvulus sp. -- Convolvulaceae

10 Grass Cynodon species Ghericha, gerichagaddi Poaceae

11 Herb Adhatoda Vasica addasaramu Acanthaceae

12 Herb Pistia stratiotes Akasatamara, Antara tamara Araceae

13 Herb Psoralea corylifolia Bakuchi Fabaceae

14 Herb Sida cordata Benda, Gayapaku, Tirunala Malvaceae

15 Herb Eichhornia crassipes Budaga tamara, Gurra pudekka moka Pontederiaceae

16 Herb Typha elephantine -- Typhaceae

17 Herb Amaranthus viridis Chilaka-thotakoora Amaranthaceae

18 Herb Gomphrena celosioides Coastal Globe Amaranth Amaranthaceae

19 Herb Salvinia molesta -- Salviniaceae

20 Herb Tridax procumbens Gaddi chamanti Asteraceae

21 Herb Zingiber officinale Ginger, Allamu chettu Zingiberaceae

22 Herb Trapa natans Kubyakam, Pandi gadda Lythraceae

23 Herb Marsilea quadrifolia -- Marsileaceae

24 Herb Nelumbo nucifera Lotus, Tamara, Erra-tamara Nelumbonaceae

25 Herb Commelina benghalensis Neerukaassuvu, Nirukassuvu Commelinaceae

26 Herb Alternanthera sessilis Ponnaganti Kura Amaranthaceae




97


27 Herb Manselia minuta -- Marsileaceae

28 Herb Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae

29 Herb Evolvulus nummularius Roundleaf Bindweed Convolvulaceae

30 Herb Heliotropium species -- Boraginaceae

31 Herb Achyranthes aspera Uttareni Amaranthaceae

32 Herb Cleome gynandra Vaminta, Thella vamita Capparidaceae

Table-29 : Shrubs Species Reported from the Project Region


1 Shrub Dodonaea viscosa Bandaru, Pullena Sapindaceae

2 Shrub Grewia hirsuta Chimachipuru, Jibilike, Chitti Jana Tiliaceae

3 Shrub Eragrostis tenela

4 Shrub Aristida setacea

5 Shrub Rhynchosia minima

6 Shrub Pavonia zelanica

7 Shrub Calotropis species Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

8 Shrub Andrographis echioides

9 Shrub Carissa carandas

10 Shrub Costus speciosus Kebuka, kasmiramu Costaceae

11 Shrub Tylophora indica

12 Shrub Tamarix sp. -- Tamaricaceae

13 Shrub Abutilon indicum Thuthurabenda Malvaceae

14 Shrub Lantana camara Pulikampa Verbenaceae

15 Shrub Meremia tridentata

16 Shrub Lepidagathis prostrata

Simpson’s diversity index of the plants in the study area is based on the total number of all species. The Simpson’s Diversity Index for herbs, shrubs and trees is shown in Table-30. Diversity of trees is comparatively good with respect to herbs and shrubs cover.

Table 30: Phytosociological Analysis of Trees in Study Area

Tree F D/ha A/ha IVI pi ln pi pi2

Oroxylum indicum 38.89 55.56 142.9 10.2 -0.21347 0.007694675

Achras sapota 55.56 88.89 160.0 12.3 -0.27559 0.019698369

Wrightia tomentosa 27.78 33.33 120.0 8.814 -0.15497 0.002770083

Flacourtia indica 33.33 44.44 133.3 9.517 -0.18644 0.004924592

Terminalia tomentosa 61.11 111.1 181.8 13.41 -0.30534 0.030778701

Helicteres isora 33.33 38.89 116.7 9.335 -0.17133 0.003770391

Leucaena leucephala 55.56 83.33 150.0 12.13 -0.26686 0.017313019

Terminalis arjuna 77.78 127.8 164.3 14.93 -0.32295 0.040704832

Lagerstroemia parviflora 44.44 72.22 162.5 11.14 -0.2476 0.013004001

Holarrhena pubescens 33.33 33.33 100.0 9.157 -0.15497 0.002770083

Cassia fistula 66.67 83.33 125.0 12.76 -0.26686 0.017313019




98

Tree F D/ha A/ha IVI pi ln pi pi2

Acacia nilotica 72.22 116.7 161.5 14.25 -0.31162 0.033933518

Bauhinia racemosa 61.11 88.89 145.5 12.66 -0.27559 0.019698369

Gardenia gumifera 55.56 105.6 190.0 12.95 -0.29863 0.027777778

Cleistanthus collinus 27.78 27.78 100.0 8.678 -0.13714 0.001923669

Ficus hispida 38.89 38.89 100.0 9.687 -0.17133 0.003770391

Murraya koenigii 33.33 33.33 100.0 9.189 -0.15497 0.002770083

Cocos nucifera 100 266.7 266.7 21.11 -0.36421 0.177285319

Xylia xylocarpa 27.78 27.78 100.0 8.696 -0.13714 0.001923669

Strychnus nux-vomica 16.67 16.67 100.0 7.696 -0.09573 0.000692521

Moringa oleifera 38.89 38.89 100.0 9.71 -0.17133 0.003770391

Anacardium occidentale 50 100 200.0 12.49 -0.29145 0.024930748

Canthium parviflorum 44.44 55.56 125.0 10.61 -0.21347 0.007694675

Eucalyptus tereticornis 38.89 38.89 100.0 9.724 -0.17133 0.003770391

Butea superba 38.89 61.11 157.1 10.51 -0.22563 0.009310557

Borassus flabellifer 55.56 100 180.0 12.81 -0.29145 0.024930748

Punica granatum 33.33 33.33 100.0 9.235 -0.15497 0.002770083

Annona reticulate 44.44 50 112.5 10.44 -0.20045 0.006232687

Ziziphus numularis 55.56 77.78 140.0 12.04 -0.25754 0.015081564

Bombax ceiba 50 83.33 166.7 11.93 -0.26686 0.017313019

Casuarina equisetifolia 33.33 33.33 100.0 9.254 -0.15497 0.002770083

Meremia tridentata 22.22 22.22 100.0 8.254 -0.11754 0.001231148

Phyllanthus emblica 55.56 83.33 150.0 12.25 -0.26686 0.017313019

Emblica officinalis 33.33 61.11 183.3 10.25 -0.22563 0.009310557

Azadirachta indica 44.44 111.1 250.0 12.63 -0.30534 0.030778701

Holarrhena pubescens 22.22 22.22 100.0 8.272 -0.11754 0.001231148

Mangifera indica 33.33 38.89 116.7 9.478 -0.17133 0.003770391

Gardenia gumifera 55.56 105.6 190.0 13.06 -0.29863 0.027777778

Dalbergia sissoo 44.44 83.33 187.5 11.67 -0.26686 0.017313019

Musa acuminata 61.11 133.3 218.2 14.36 -0.32803 0.04432133

Total 1817 2828 5797.112 447.6 -9.00998 0.70213912

Forty (40) species of trees were observed while conducting biological studies in the buffer zone at selected locations. The density of trees varied from 17 stems/ha to 267 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Cocos sp followed by Musa. Lowest density was shown by Strychnus nux-vomica the strand density values for different species of trees was 2828 stems/ha.

Table 31: Phytosociological Analysis of Shrubs in Study Area

Shrub F D/M2 A/M2 IVI pi ln pi pi2

Dodonaea viscosa 50.00 0.889 1.8 19.03 -0.16168 0.003151739

Grewia hirsuta 50.00 0.944 1.9 19.61 -0.16817 0.003558018

Eragrostis tenela 50 0.5 1.0 14.98 -0.10911 0.00099723

Aristida setacea 22.22 0.222 1.0 6.66 -0.05988 0.000196984

Rhynchosia minima 16.67 0.389 2.3 7.307 -0.09104 0.000603263

Pavonia zelanica 16.67 0.333 2.0 6.729 -0.08128 0.000443213

Calotropis species 50.00 0.778 1.6 17.88 -0.14803 0.00241305




99

Shrub F D/M2 A/M2 IVI pi ln pi pi2

Andrographis echioides 22.22 0.278 1.3 7.238 -0.07093 0.000307787

Carissa carandas 27.78 0.5 1.8 10.64 -0.10911 0.00099723

Costus speciosus 16.67 0.278 1.7 6.151 -0.07093 0.000307787

Tylophora indica 38.89 1.167 3.0 19.75 -0.19217 0.005429363

Tamarix sp. 27.78 0.444 1.6 10.06 -0.1003 0.000787935

Abutilon indicum 38.89 0.944 2.4 17.44 -0.16817 0.003558018

Lantana camara 44.44 1.278 2.9 21.99 -0.20313 0.006512773

Meremia tridentata 22.22 0.5 2.3 9.55 -0.10911 0.00099723

Lepidagathis prostrata 16.67 0.167 1.0 4.995 -0.04794 0.000110803

Total 511.1 9.611 29.42579 200 -1.89096 0.030372422

Total 16 species of shrubs were recorded during the phytosociological studies. The strand density in the case of herbaceous species was 9.611 stems/m2 and the strata was dominated by Tylophora (1.167 stems /m2) followed by Lantana (1.278 stems/m2)

Fauna Since the site is surrounding area mainly encompasses agriculture area and water bodies / ponds, common faunal species are expected from the site and vicinity.

Table-32 : Birds Reported from the Project Region

Sl. No. Common Name Scientific Name IWPA / IUCN Status

1 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea Schedule-IV

2 Pond Heron Ardeola grayii Schedule-IV

3 Purple Heron Ardea purpurea Schedule-IV

4 Babbler Turdoides spp. Schedule-IV

5 Black Bittern Ixobrychus flavicollis Schedule-IV

6 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Schedule-IV

7 Chestnut Bittern Ixobrychus cinnamoneus Schedule-IV

8 Grey Heron Ardea cinerea Schedule-IV

9 Hill myna Gracula spp. Schedule-I

10 Hoopoe Upupa spp. Schedule-IV

11 Jungle fowl Gallus spp. Schedule-IV

12 Koel Eudynamys scolopaceus Schedule-IV

13 Large Egret Ardea alba Schedule-IV

14 Little Bittern Ixotrychus minutus Schedule-IV

15 Little Egret Egretta garzetta Schedule-IV

16 Night Heron Nycticorax nycticorax Schedule-IV

17 Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala Schedule-IV (Near Threatened)

18 Peafowl Pavo cristatus Schedule-I

19 Yellow Bittern Ixobrychus sinensis Schedule-IV




100

3.10 Socio Economic Environment 3.10.1 Introduction

The project is for drilling 5 nos. of additional appraisal / development wells in an area of 9.63 sq. km of Achanta field located in Achanta Mandal, West Godavari Dist. Total land requirement for the project is 1 Ha for each drilling well which will be taken from private land owner on lease. The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and around the agriculture dominant areas, villages and towns is bound to create its impact on the socio-economic aspects of the local population. The impacts may be positive or negative depending upon the developmental activity. To assess the impacts on the socio-economics of the local people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area of study.

To study the socio-economic aspects of people in the study area around the proposed project site, the required data has been collected from various secondary sources and supplemented by the primary data generated through the process of a limited door to door socio-economic survey.

3.10.2 Desktop Study The methodology adopted to collect secondary data/information on socio-economic area as given below. The aim of the present study was to identify the population details, literacy details, employment pattern, infrastructure facilities and landuse pattern etc. All details were taken from primary census abstract 2011 and district census handbook 2011 .The desktop study was performed in 10 km radius study area map Primary data collection secondary data collection

3.10.3 Methodology

For the primary data collection, structured questionnaires are used by survey team. There were three types of formats has been prepared for the survey purpose, these were Household survey format, Focus group discussion format and village leader format. All these formats will include all type of village information like demographic details, infrastructure details etc. For household survey, surveyor will visit to household’s house. For focus group discussion male, female group were interviewed in open spaces like community hall, school ground, temple, pannchayat hall etc. For the selection of respondents random sampling used by surveyor. Direct observation during transit walk in villages, telephonic calls to peruse information is also comes under the primary data collection, these methods also a part of primary data collection. For the details study of 10 km radius Study Area Map, Primary Census Handbook 2011, District Census Handbook 2011, District Websites of East & West Godavari District has been taken and studied. From all secondary sources, demographic details, employment




101

pattern, facilities availed in the villages, land-use pattern, commodities details has been assessed and details provide in the report. For detail study of 10 km radius study area map, map was distributed in 3 zones (0-3, 3-5 & 5-10 km).

3.10.4 Socio Economic Profile of the Study Area The administration details of the study area are provided in Table 33.

Table-33 : Administrative Details of the Study Area

District Mandal Zone

0-3 km 3-5 km 5-10 km

West Godavari Penugonda 5 4 3

West Godavari Achanta 8 - -

West Godavari Poduru 1 5 4

West Godavari Yelamanchili - - 7

West Godavari Penumantra - - 4

West Godavari Iragavaram - - 3

West Godavari Peravali - - 1

West Godavari Palacole - - 1

East Godavari P.Gannavaram 2 5 9

East Godavari Kapileswarapuram - 1 -

East Godavari Ambajipeta - 1 2

East Godavari Malikipuram - - 1

East Godavari Ravulapalem - - 2

East Godavari Kothapeta - - 2

Total 16 16 39

Source: Primary census abstract 2011 Andhra Pradesh

Hamlet details Villages (tandas) comes under Gram Panchyats are called hamlets. In the study area there are 8 hamlets falling under 6 Gram Panchyats. Details are presented below Table-34.

Table-34 : Hamlet Details

Sr. No Village Code Village Name Hamlet Name

1 588680 Kothalaparru Sheshammacheruvu

2 588680 Tamarada Tamarada puntha

3 587790 Patha Gannavaram Ravipadu

4 587790 Patha Gannavaram Ambativaripeta

5 587680 Avidi Gubbalavaripalem

6 587680 Palivela Pujaripalem

7 588800 Doddipatla Kanakayalanka

8 588800 Doddipatla Kanchustamapalem




102

Source: District Census Handbook 2011, West & East Godavari, AP Demographic details

Total 70 villages and 1 ward falling in the study area. Total population of the study area is 330045 with a total 91881 households. Total male population is 166768 and female population is 163277. 0-6 child population is 31179 which is (9.44%) of total population.SC population is 89325(27%) and ST population is 2474(1%).Average sex ratio is 979 females to 1000 male.

Table-35 : Demographic Details Zone in

km Total

Households Total

Population Total Male Total Female 0-6 Child

Population Total SC Total ST

0-3 21284 75938 38437 37501 7261 22188 530

3-5 21765 79403 40219 39184 7445 22356 579

5-10 48832 174704 88112 86592 16473 44781 1365

0-10 91881 330045 166768 163277 31179 89325 2474

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, West & East Godavari, AP

Literacy Rate District West Godavari literacy rate is 67%. Study area literacy rate is 71% which is 4% higher than district rate

Table-36 : Literacy Detials Zone in

km Total

Literate Male Literate Female Literate Total

Illiterate Male

Illiterate Female Illiterate

0-3 52713 28228 24485 23225 10209 13016

3-5 55976 29989 25987 23427 10230 13197

5-10 124712 65877 58835 49992 22235 27757

0-10 233401 124094 109307 96644 42674 53970

Source: Primary Census Handbook 2011, West & East Godavari, AP

Occupational Pattern Total workers in the study area are 149,058 (45%). Male workers are 69% and female workers are 31%. Main worker population is 121,327 (37%), marginal workers are 27,731 (8%) and non-workers are 180,987

Table-37 : Employment Pattern

Zone in km

Total Workers Male Workers

Female Workers

Main Workers Marginal Workers

Non Workers

0-3 36996 23873 13123 29719 7277 38942

3-5 35634 24390 11244 28098 7536 43769

5-10 76428 54393 22035 63510 12918 98276

0-10 149058 102656 46402 121327 27731 180987

Source: Primary Census Handbook 2011, West & East Godavari, AP




103

STATUS OF INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

It is widely known that availability of infrastructure facilities in villages has considerable impact on village development. At the present moment, India’s village infrastructure sector is inadequate and there is an requirement to modernize the sector and expand it as well. To know the study area village status, 2011 District Census Handbook details of AP has been studied and details are presented below.

Education Out of 70 villages, in 69 villages primary school, in 57 villages middle schools, in 4 villages Sr. Secondary schools are presented. Degree college and ITI school also presented in the study area.

Table-38 : Education Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km

Govt Primary School

Govt Middle School

Govt Secondary

School

Private Senior

Secondary School

Govt Arts and Science Degree College

Private Vocational Training

School/ITI

Government Non Formal

Training Centre

Private Non

Formal Training Centre

0-3 16 13 8 1 0 0 1 0

3-5 16 15 9 1 1 2 1 0

5-10 37 29 21 2 0 1 0 1

0-10 69 57 38 4 1 3 2 1

Health facilities

Different types of health facilities are presented in the villages.1 community health center, 10 PHCs, 67 sub health centers, 55 mobile health clinic and 92 medical shops are providing health care facilities to villagers.

Table-39 : Health Facilities in Numbers

Zone in km

Community Health Centre

Primary Health Centre

Health Sub

Centre

Dispensary Veterinary Hospital

Mobile Health Clinic

Family Welfare Centre

Medical facilities Medicine

Shop

0-3 0 2 17 0 5 10 0 21

3-5 1 2 15 1 5 14 0 19

5-10 0 6 35 0 10 31 1 52

0-10 1 10 67 1 20 55 1 92

Drinking water facilities.

Various type of drinking water source are presented in the villages. Majority of the villagers are using tap water, hand pump water and well water. Other sources of water are river, tank water, etc.




104

Table-40 : Drinking Water Facilities in Number of Villages Zone in km

Tap Water-Treated

Tap Water Untreated

Covered Well

Uncovered Well

Hand Pump

Tube Wells /Borehole

Spring River/ Canal

Tank/ Pond/ Lake

0-3 8 10 2 9 16 11 1 11 12

3-5 13 3 4 10 16 7 0 13 8

5-10 28 13 9 22 37 13 0 18 17

0-10 49 26 15 41 69 31 1 42 37

Drainage facilities

In most of the villages open drainage pattern availed. Only in 9 villages covered pakka drainage pattern is presented.

Table-41 : Drainage Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km

Closed Drainage

Open Drainage

No Drainage

Open Pucca Drainage Covered with Tiles

Slabs

Open Pucca Drainage

Uncovered

Open Kuccha Drainage

0-3 1 9 7 2 6 6

3-5 1 12 4 2 7 9

5-10 2 24 12 5 18 19

0-10 4 45 23 9 31 34

Communication facilities

Total 56 villages are connected through post office and sub post office facilities. Almost in all villages landline facility is presented.

Table-42 : Communication Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km Post Office Sub Post Office Telephone Public Call Office

0-3 4 11 16 16

3-5 6 7 16 16

5-10 11 17 37 34

0-10 21 35 69 66

Transportation facilities

90% villages are connected through public bus service; other facilities are private bus, autos, taxi etc.

Table-43 : Transportation Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km Public Bus Service Private Bus Service Auto/Modified Autos Taxi Vans Tractors

0-3 14 2 15 9 6 15

3-5 14 2 15 10 8 15

5-10 36 10 38 26 24 38

0-10 64 14 68 45 38 68




105

Road facilities

All types of roads are connected to villages in the study area.

Table-44 : Road Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km

Black Topped (Pucca) Road

Gravel (Kuchha) Roads

Water Bounded Macadam

Footpath

0-3 16 16 12 16

3-5 16 16 11 16

5-10 38 38 20 38

0-10 70 70 43 70

Banking facilities 21 commercial banks, 11 cooperative banks and 21 agricultural credit societies are presented in the villages.

Table-45 : Banking Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km Commercial Bank Cooperative Bank Agricultural Credit Societies

0-3 3 5 3

3-5 7 2 8

5-10 11 4 18

0-10 21 11 29

Power facilities

All villagers’ uses power supply for domestic use. In 68 villages power is available for agricultural use.

Table-46 : Power Facilities in Number of Villages

Zone in km

Power Supply For Domestic Use

Power Supply For Agriculture Use

Power Supply For Commercial Use

Power Supply For All Users

0-3 16 16 16 16

3-5 16 15 16 15

5-10 38 37 38 37

0-10 70 68 70 68

Land Use Pattern Land-use pattern describes different types of land classification. In the study area there are total 70 villages and total geographical area of the villages is 32,411 ha. Out of total geographical land, 80% land comes under net area sown. This data indicates cultivation is main occupation in the villages. There is no forest, barren land permanent pastures in the study area.

Table 47 : Landuse Pattern (in Hectares)

Zone in km

Total Geographical

Area

Forest Area

Area under Non-

Agricultural Uses

Barren & Un-cultivable Land Area

Permanent Pastures and Other Grazing

Land Area

Land Under Misc. Tree Crops etc.

Area

Culturable Waste Land

Area

Fallows Land other than

Current Fallows Area

Current Fallows

Area

Net Area Sown

0-3 9398 0 1507.07 0 0 0 66.7 295 0 7529.23




106

3-5 8314 0 1268.49 0 0 0 325.89 60 80.1 6579.52

5-10 17699 0 3310.39 0 0 4.86 220.52 42.21 5 14116.02

0-10 35411 0 6085.95 0 0 4.86 613.11 397.21 85.1 28224.77

Source: District Census Handbook 2011, West & East Godavari Districts, AP

Cropping Pattern Study areas main employment pattern is agriculture and its allied activities. Main crop pattern is Paddy, Banana, Vegetables, Coconut and Fish Culture. More than 85% cultivated land comes under irrigation and source of irrigation is canal water.

Agricultural Commodities (First)

Agricultural Commodities (Second)

Agricultural Commodities (Third)

Paddy Banana, Vegetables Coconut, Fish Culture

Source: District Census Handbook 2011, West & East Godavari Districts, AP Survey Methodology and observation To collect the primary data in the study area, structure survey formats were used (HH format, FGD format and official information format).Major part of the study area is in rural part, hence respondents selected randomly in the rural areas. Total population of the study area was 3,30,045 therefore 0.05% of population (165) sample size chosen for the survey. Respondents selected randomly for the survey. Visits in Gram Panchayats, Govt. schools also performed to collect the official information of that area. Out of 70 villages and 1 ward in the study area total 7 villages (10%) are selected for the primary data collection. The areas are selected on the basis of direction and distance from the project site. Surveyed villages are Achanta, Achanta Vemavaram, Nadipudi, Kodamanchili,Ganti ,Vaddipuru & Poduru. Population The study area is rural dominant; no town area is coming in the study area. All types of religion and cast population are observed during the survey.

Employment pattern Main employment pattern in the study area are agriculture, labour work and fish culture.

Education Facilities In the villages primary school and middle schools are fairly observed. High school facility is presented in the range of 2-3 km. Degree College; IIT institutes are also presented in the study area

Medical Facility Majority of the villages are connected with sub center facility in the range of 2-4 km. Villagers reported malaria and viral fever are the common disease in the villages. During discussion with Sarpanch of villages they reported ASHA workers are providing basic health care facilities in villages.

Transportation All type of transportation facilities were available in the study area. Govt. & Pvt bus facilities, autos are available in the study area. Roads are fairly connected with major towns in the District.




107

Drinking Water Major drinking water source is hand pump, treated tap water & well water.

Drainage and sanitation Open and Kaccha, both type of drainage facility was observed in the village. Respondents said that maintenance of the drainage is needed inside of the villages. Sanitation facility is not satisfactory in the villages, open defection observed in the villages.

Language Official as well as mother tongue of the study area is Telugu. Very few people can speak and understand Hindi language.

Crop pattern Paddy is main crop in the study area, other crops are banana, vegetables and coconut. Majority of the land is irrigated through canal water.

Recreation facility Temples, sports ground, community halls are main centers for gathering/recreation purpose

Women status Women mostly performed house chore activities, Mostly women worked in agricultural field as a labour. During discussion it is found that women self help groups are presented in the study area. Women literacy found satisfactory in the in the villages. Awareness and opinion To know the awareness and opinion of the population residing in the study area, project related questions were asked to respondents, Majority of the population were unaware about the project and is activities. Only at Gram Panchyat administrative level persons knows about the project. Conclusion Analysis of socio - economic impacts both adverse and beneficial in the EIA study it will improve the socio economic condition of the people. On the basis of primary and secondary data collection following conclusion has come.

Infrastructure facilities like roads, drinking water, etc. will be develop by project authority; surrounding villages also get benefits from these facilities.

Employment opportunities will be generated in both Construction and Operation phases.

3.11 Environmental Site Sensitivity

Environmental Site Sensitivity provides a concise summary of the coastal resources that may be at risk due to human activities. Site sensitivity analysis can be used as a decision making analysis as a part of strategic environmental assessment process and more specifically, the environmental appraisal of plans and policies for aggregates provision




108

and they are numerous and diverse, and include National Parks, Local Nature Reserves and Scheduled Ancient Monuments.

3.12 Hazards of the Proposed Project Area

The study area falls in Seismic Zone-III as per the Seismic Map of India, IS 1893(Part I): 2002. There is Moderate damage risk due to the earthquakes in the area as provided in Figure 23. The project Area falls in Area Liable for Floods as given in Figure-24. As per wind & Cyclone Hazard Map the Area falls under High Damage Risk Zone - B (Vb=50m/s) as provided in Figure 25.

Figure-23 : Earthquake Map




109

Figure 24 : Flood Hazard Map

Figure 25 : Wind & Cyclone Hazard Map


Chapter - 4:Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures


110

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Preamble

This chapter defines the details of investigated environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project construction, regular operations, final decommissioning or rehabilitation of a completed project and measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified.

4.2 Impact Assessment Methodology The present EIA report follows the impact assessment methodology based on checklist and matrix methods. The major steps followed for impact assessment are given as under:

Listing of environmental aspects, i.e., project activities that can cause environmental impacts

Identification of applicable environmental attributes on which the environmental aspects can cause an environmental impact

Impact Assessment (Aspect-Impact Analysis): o Qualification as negative or positive; o Identification of nature of impacts such as direct or indirect; o Quantitative Analysis, viz., quantification of impacts and discussion on the direct

and indirect environmental and socio-economic impacts o Assessment of significance of impacts based on severity and frequency of

identified impacts: a scale is used to determine the severity of the effect; for example, an impact is of low, medium, or high significance.

Mitigation measures to address the assessed impacts and a detailed Environmental Management Plan are proposed. A monitoring plan for implementation of the proposed EMP is then proposed.

4.3 Identification of Impacts The environmental impacts anticipated during the construction and operation phases on the environmental parameters have been studied to estimate the environmental impact of the proposed project. Various project activities that can cause environmental impacts are identified as under:

1. Pre Commissioning Stage

Detailed Topographic Survey

Land Acquirement

Site Clearing

Site Preparation

2. Construction / Establishment

Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures

Construction of access road




111

Heavy Equipment operations

Influx of construction workers

Transportation of material

Drilling and Casing

Setting up the rig floor and derrick, handrails, guardrails, stairs, walkways, ladders, flare stack, drilling fluid circulating system & other equipment and machinery

3. Operation and Maintenance

Movement of fuel reserves in well bore

Flaring during well testing phase

Operation of power source and generator facilities

Storage of chemicals/ flammables

Waste generation - drill cuttings and waste drilling mud

Depletion of water resources due to use of water for drilling operations

Vehicular movement for transportation of material, equipment and personnel

4. Decommissioning and Site Restoration

Demolishing civil and mechanical structures

Disposal of demolished material

Capping of well heads /drills

4.4 Identification of Environmental Attributes Environmental attributes or Valued Environmental Components (VECs) considered for the proposed project are the receiving environmental and social components, which are likely to get affected due to the project operations/ activities. Components of natural resources and human world that are considered valuable and are likely to be affected by the project activities have been considered for the EIA study. Value may be attributed for economic, social, environmental, aesthetic or ethical reasons. These attributes represent the investigative focal point for further EIA process. The indirect and/or cumulative effects can be concerned with indirect, additive or even synergistic effects due to other projects or activities or even induced developments on the same environmental components as would be considered direct effects. But such impacts tend to involve larger scale environmental components such as within entire region, river basins or watersheds; and, broad social and economic parameters such as quality of life and the provincial economy. Once these components are identified then appropriate indicators are selected for impact assessments on the respective environmental attributes. Environmental attributes are broadly classified into three groups, viz., physical environment, biological environment and socio-economic environment.

4.5 Identification of Environmental Impacts The environmental impacts anticipated during the project phases on the environmental parameters have been studied to estimate the environmental impact of the proposed project.




112

For establishing significance of different impacts, understanding the responses and interaction of the environmental system is essential. Hence, the impact interactions and pathways are to be understood and established first. Such an understanding will help in the assessment process to quantify the impact as accurately as possible. It is not sufficient to simply state the significance of the effect. This determination must be justified, coherent and documented, notably by a determination methodology, which must be described in the methodology section of the report. There are many recognized methodologies to determine the significance of effects.

4.6 Air Environment - Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.6.1 Prediction of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Substantial impacts on ambient air quality due to the proposed project activities at various stages like vehicle movement during site preparation, commissioning, operation and restoration, operation of DG set, testing and flaring operation and blow out are expected. The impacts on AAQ due to the proposed development drilling activities have been identified as given in Table-48.

Table 48: AAQ Impact Identification Sl. No

Project Activities Aspects Environmental Impacts

1.0 Preparation at site

1.1 Clearance of vegetation at site and preparation of approach roads

Release of fugitive emissions

Impact on ambient air quality; Impact on aesthetics, land use, flora and fauna

1.2 Vehicle movement for transportation of rig, materials and equipment

Release of air emissions including SO2 and NOx

Impact on ambient air quality; Impact on human health, flora and fauna

1.3 Excavation and paving of site

Release of fugitive air emissions

Impact on ambient air quality; Impact on human health, flora and fauna, soil quality, visibility, aesthetics

2.0 Rigging

2.1 Setting up the rig floor and derrick, handrails, guardrails, stairs, walkways, ladders, flare stack, drilling fluid circulating system and other equipment

Release of air emissions


3.0 Development drilling Release of air emissions including

Impact on ambient air quality;




113

Sl. No

Project Activities Aspects Environmental Impacts

particulate matter and various gases

Impact on human health, flora and fauna, soil quality, visibility, aesthetics

4.0 Closure Phase Release of fugitive air emissions


4.1 Vehicle movement for transportation of rig, materials and equipment

Release of air emissions including SO2 and NOx

Impact on ambient air quality; Impact on human health, flora and fauna

5.0 Operation of DG set Release of air emissions including SO2 and NOx

Impact on ambient air quality; Impact on human health, flora and fauna and aesthetics

4.6.2 Prediction of Ambient Air Quality Impacts

The proposed project process involving AAQ impacts are site preparation, rigging, drilling, closure and operation of DG sets at well site. The main sources of continuous or non-continuous air emissions resulting from the proposed onshore drilling activities include:

1. Operation of DG sets 2. Flaring and venting of hydrocarbons 3. Emissions from Vehicles/machineries 4. Fugitive emissions

For meeting power requirement, a DG set of 3 X 1000 KVA at drill site and 1 x 440 KVA at campsite. Flaring (Technical Flaring) will be temporary activity wherein the gas produced will be burnt. Hydrocarbon in major portion with traces of NOx will be burnt.

4.6.3 Identification of Impacts Ambient air quality effects are normally assessed in relation to their potential to cause to health deterioration and nuisance in local communities, on-site workers and damage to vegetation.

Impact on Climate The maximum temperatures of the exit gas from the DG stack and flare stack will be around 300°C and 400°C respectively. As the activity will be short-term and quantum of exit gas and the duration of flow are not significant, there will be negligible contribution to green-house gas emission and consequent impact on global warming and the impact on local or global climate will be insignificant.




114

Source Emissions at Well sites Air pollution during well site preparation stage would be primarily due to fugitive emissions from vehicular movement, site preparation activities and material handling. These emissions only have nuisance factor affecting workers at site. Use of dust masks would be adequate to mitigate impacts on workers. The gaseous emissions from the DG set will be controlled by efficient combustion of fuel in the DG set. The flaring of oil and gas is a short duration activity and will be done within a ground level enclosed pit. Wherever, required special precautions will be taken to minimize the impact on the local environment and habitat. Fugitive emissions in the form of material dust is expected during drilling operations (loading, unloading, handling of drilling fluid, chemical additives, cement and cement additives). Some fugitive emissions are also anticipated from storages of volatile chemicals and fuel at the site if the storages are not properly capped or are handled without due care. However, such emissions will not disperse widely and can only affect workers and people at site. Fugitive emissions during drilling operations are however not as significant as during site preparation. Fugitive emissions during drilling are not expected to travel beyond project boundaries. Workers working near fugitive emission sources are only susceptible which would be mitigated through use of PPEs in these areas. Fugitive emissions of VOC may result from the vents from the venting of un-burnt methane from well testing. However, the testing phase will be short duration.

Flaring and Venting of Hydrocarbons Emissions are expected during flaring in the event gas is discovered, which will contribute to additional air pollution in terms of release of unburnt hydrocarbons. Flaring will involve high temperature oxidation process to burn combustible gases that may be generated from the proposed well. Principal pollutants from these air emission sources include: Nitrogen oxides, Sulfur oxides, Carbon monoxide and particulates and additional pollutants like Hydrogen sulfide (H2S), Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), Methane, Ethane, Benzene, Ethyl benzene, Toluene, and xylenes (BTEX), Glycols, Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs), etc. Historic data for test flare indicates that approx. 2000 m3 gas could be flared in the event

of a gas discovery. It has been estimated that maximum of 60 g/m3 of NOx would result as GLC during 30 minutes of flaring. (Source: Environmental Impact and Risk Assessment for Proposed Development Drilling in NELP-VI Block KG-ONN-2004/1 in East Godavari District, A.P. and Yanam District, NEERI) Further, in case blowout occur, can cause huge air emissions. However, this is a rare case and the wells will be provided with have blow-out preventers. A flare stack of minimum 9 m height or higher will be provided at a distance of 30 m from well. However, as flaring is a temporary activity which will not last for more than a few days, the impacts on air quality will not be significant. Location of the flaring stack will have the potential to affect the air quality and well-designed siting of the facility will be ensured.




115

Emissions from Vehicles/ Machineries Vehicular emissions will be emitted from the vehicles used for the transport of construction material and equipment, workers and the drilling rig to and from the site. This AAQ impact would be short-term and insignificant as the proposed well locations are in close vicinity to each other. As the vehicles used at site will be PUC certified and well maintained, the effect will be reduced to some extent.

4.6.4 Prediction of Impacts The drilling process requires movement of drill bit through the draw works, illumination and Heating, Ventilation and Air-conditioning (HVAC) systems which require power. Power requirement will be met by using DG sets of 1000 kVA capacity at each well site. These will be in operation 24 hours a day. Environmental impacts due to operation of the DG sets have thus been estimated. Diesel has been proposed as DG fuel, which will be procured from local Suppliers. Fuel system to the engine will be supplied from a fuel tank.

Proposed DG Set - Stack Height Stack height of 30 m above roof/ridge level is proposed for DG sets of 1000 kVA capacity range. The exhaust stacks of the DG sets of the proposed land based rigs will vent the emissions.

Study Area A 10 km radius area around each well site has been considered as study area to study the impacts on AAQ.

Ambient Air Quality Modeling The impact on air quality is assessed based on increase in emissions levels from the DG set operation during emergency usage. Impact predicted has been carried out for major Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) pollutant, viz., Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). The existing emissions from other industries within 10 km have been considered to be covered under the baseline scenario. Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing a steady state Gaussian plume mathematical dispersion model, namely AERMOD

Model Input Data The air dispersion model is designed for multiple point sources, line sources and area sources and has been used for simulations from identified point sources. In the present prediction study, DG of 1 X 1000 KVA & 1 X 440 KVA capacities has been considered. For prediction of impacts using the stimulation model, pollutants like SO2 and NOx are considered for identified stacks. For model simulation study, a grid size of 1 km x 1 km has been considered, covering 10 km radius. Hourly mixing heights are taken from the “Atlas of hourly mixing height and assimilative capacity of atmosphere in India” by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD),




116

2008 New Delhi has been used. The meteorological data of the winter season is used for modifying. The meteorological data recorded during study period on wind speed, wind direction, temperature etc., have been processed to extract the data required for simulation by the model. 24-Hourly mean Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) were estimated using the entire meteorological data collected during the study period.

o Modeling Results In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for winter season. The maximum incremental short-term 24 hourly GLCs for NOx likely to be encountered during

winter season are 15.5 g/m3.

o Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the Project The maximum incremental GLCs due to the proposed project for NOx are superimposed on the maximum baseline concentration of NOx concentrations recorded during the study period to arrive at the likely resultant concentrations during the same period after implementation of the proposed project and are tabulated in Table 49.

Table-49: Predicted Incremental GLCS

Pollutant Concentration (g/m3)

Baseline Incremental Resultant

NOx 16.0 15.5 31.5

Figure-26 Typical Isopleths Showing Predicted Short-Term Incremental GLCS for

NOX at each well site




117

Figure-27 : Typical Isopleths Showing Predicted Short-Term Incremental GLCS for SO2 at each well site

Perusal of above Table shows that the maximum resultant concentrations are well within the NAAQ Standards. Thus, the operation of DG sets at well sites shall not have any adverse impact on the environment and the same can be mitigated by following suggested mitigation measures. AAQ due to proposed DG set operation is not expected to cause any major effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational sites. Though there will be increase in ambient air temperature due to DG set exhausts, the impact will be mitigated due to mixing of air. It should be noted here that the rate of emissions from DG sets depend on various factors like its maintenance, make, age, fuel quality, air-fuel ratio, rate of combustion, etc. Thus, it is recommended to maintain and monitor the operating conditions of the DG sets at each well site.

4.6.5 Proposed Mitigation Measures All the equipment operated during various stages of the proposed drilling project will be used within specified design parameters. Well testing (flaring) will be undertaken and to minimize impacts of emissions, minimizing the duration of testing through careful planning has to be achieved. Following mitigation measures are proposed to control AAQ impacts during the project operations:




118

Operating conditions of the DG sets at each well site will be maintained as per the guidelines

Stack monitoring for DG set will be done periodically

The flaring system will be properly managed and monitored at all times

The emissions from all exhaust systems will be maintained as per CPCB limit

A flare stack of minimum 9 m height or higher will be provided at a distance of 30 m from well

Wells will be provided blow-out preventers.

HVAC systems will be of closed circuit type, well maintained to minimize any fugitive emission of Group-I Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) from drilling rig.

Temporary approach roads to the well sites shall be compacted and maintained

As the vehicles used at site will be PUC certified and well maintained, the effect will be reduced to some extent

4.7 Noise Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.7.1 Noise Environment- Impacts and Mitigation Measures Proposed development of well will generate noise during all phases of development including the pre-commissioning stage, construction activities, development drilling, maintenance, decommissioning and road transportation. However, the noise generation at various stages shall be for intermittent duration and major activity of development drilling phase has been considered for prediction of noise impacts. For computing the noise levels at various distances with respect to the project site, noise levels are predicted using a user-friendly model.

4.7.2 Mathematical Model for Sound Wave Propagation During Operation

For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient from the source point, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is used. The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with increasing distance from the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission path. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation:

)r

r(LogLL1

21p2p (1)

Where Lp2 and Lp1 area Sound Pressure Levels (SPLs) at points located at distances r2 and r1 from the source. The combined effect of all the sources then can be determined at various locations by the following equation.

.........)101010(Log10L)10/3pL()10/2pL()10/1pL(

)Total(p (2)

Where, Lp1, Lp2, Lp3 are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.




119

Based on the above equations a user-friendly model has been taken. The details of the model are as follows:

Maximum number of sources is limited to 200;

Noise levels can be predicted at any distance specified from the source;

Model is designed to take flat terrain;

Coordinates of the sources in meters;

Maximum and Minimum levels are calculated by the model;

Output of the model in the form of isopleths; and

Environmental attenuation factors and machine corrections have not been incorporated in the model but corrections are made for the measured Leq levels.

4.7.3 Input for the Model

The prediction of incremental noise levels due to the operation phase of the proposed drilling project has been carried out using mathematical model.

Identifying sources of noise Major noise sources as cumulative noise source has been identified. The input to the model has been taken as the cumulative noise of all noise-generating sources. During operations, the main sources of noise and vibration pollution are likely to emanate from flaring and operating equipment. Noise sources include flares, vents, pumps, compressors, generators, and heaters. As the project will have continuous operation, variations are experienced in the noise quality with duration and impact is experienced by the communities residing in close vicinity. The expected noise levels from various operations are provided in Table-50.

Table-50 : Expected Sources of Noise

S. No Noise Generating Component Noise Level Range [dB(A)]

1 Vehicular movement 60-65

2 Office & Stores 55-60

3 Pumps & Compressors 70-75

4 Flares & Vents 85-100

5 Ground Service Vehicles 70-75

6 DG Sets 75-90

Noise due to vehicular transportation of vehicles and heavy equipment, viz., rig transport outside the well site premises will be of intermittent nature and well mitigated and has not be considered for noise level predictions.

4.7.4 Results & Discussion

The ambient noise levels in the study area are determined by community sources in residential areas and localized traffic. In general the ambient noise levels in the settlement areas were what could be expected for rural residential areas during the day and night. No other sensitive receptors have been identified in near vicinity of 1 km from the project site. However, the silence zone areas around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places, etc. do exist in the study area. Presently, there are no other industrial




120

noise sources in vicinity to site. The general community in the study area is predominantly rural. It is observed that high noise levels will be conformed to work zone areas only. It can be seen that noise levels get diffused rapidly with distance. The ambient noise levels recorded in the study area are found to range between 40.5 to 28.3 dB(A) during day-time and 32.0 to 29.0 dB(A) during night-time respectively. Considering the noise level predictions in the well sites, The maximum noise levels are lesser than or equal to the monitored ambient baseline noise levels during day time. However, there will be substantial increase in ambient noise levels during night time. Scheduling deliveries to daytime as much as possible would minimize noise generation by vehicular/heavy equipment movement which moving to different well locations. Compressors, pumps, vehicles and miscellaneous equipment’s during drilling operation, will generate noise. However, proper acoustic enclosures would be provided to control the noise level within 85dB, as per the requirement of Operational and Safety and Health Administration Standard (OSHA).

Work Zone Noise Levels The damage risk criteria as enforced by OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) to reduce hearing loss, stipulates that noise level up to 90 dB(A) are acceptable for 8 hour working shift per day. It was observed from the modelling results that high noise levels ranging between 45-65 dB(A) are limited to work zone only. At the rig sites noise levels will be varying between 45.0 dB(A) to 50.0 dB(A). Adequate protective measures in the form of ear muffs/ear plugs and noise insulated units at site will be provided to the workers working in high noise areas. All the necessary noise protective equipment will be supplied to workmen operating near high noise generating sources. In addition, reduction in noise levels in the high noise machinery areas could be achieved by adoption of suitable preventive measures such as suitable building layout in which the equipment are to be located.

Community Noise Levels Day and night sound pressure levels Ldn is often used to describe the community noise exposure, which includes 10 dB (A) night time penalty. The predicted incremental noise levels at a distance of 100 to 300 m from the rig boundary would be less than <30.0 dB(A). Most of the human settlements are at a distance greater than 0.5 km from the proposed rig sites, except for a few. However, the impact on general population would be short-term, depending upon the duration of proposed development drilling operations.

4.7.5 Summary & Conclusion The landscape in the vicinity of the Achanta block mostly agricultural area. The vegetative growth and existing structures/buildings will provide a little acoustic screening against the noise propagation over longer distances. The vegetation in vicinity is that of paddy fields, punctuated by tall trees. This will provide excess attenuation of noise as it propagates from source to receiver due to the absorption of sound by the ground effect. In summary, it can be stated that the impact on the ambient noise levels due to proposed development drilling operations will be restricted for short duration only and with proper




121

siting of units, engineered sound barriers, and sound insulation on various units, the impact will be mitigated at site. Mitigation Measures

Well-designed facility siting will be ensured

Adequate engineering control during equipment installation stage will be ensured. Noise levels will be checked by providing adequate stack heights, engineered sound barriers, and sound insulation on various units

Proper acoustic enclosures would be provided to control the noise level within 85dB, as per the requirement of OSHA.

Adoption of sound-absorbing materials will be ensured to minimize noise and vibration from the various units.

All workers and visitors will be provided Personnel Protective Equipment’s (PPE) like ear plugs and ear muffs

DG sets will be provided with sufficient stack heights, enclosures, mufflers and regular maintenance will be ensures as per standard operating procedures.

Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels.

It will be ensured to execute all noise generating operations during day-time, except drilling at rig site.

4.8 Solid Waste Generation Major sources of solid waste at the proposed well sites will be construction waste, drill cuttings, disposed mud, waste oil and other domestic waste.

Clearing of vegetation waste will generate biodegradable waste, which can release air emissions and odour, create public nuisance and cause various diseases, if not contained and managed well

Construction & Demolition (C&D) waste generation during the construction phase requires proper disposal.

Waste mud generation, which can contaminate soil if not treated and disposed properly.

Spillages, if any; Waste oil generation can contaminate soil if not treated and disposed properly

Waste oil generated from DG set usage can contaminate soil if not treated and disposed properly.

Domestic waste can contaminate soil, release air emissions and odour, create public nuisance and cause various diseases, if not contained and managed well

4.9 Water Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The water requirement in a drilling rig is mainly meant for preparation of drilling mud apart from washings and domestic use. While the former consumes the majority of water requirement, the water requirement for domestic and wash use is very less. In the present project proposal, the daily water consumption will be around 25 KLD of which 20 KLD will be used for drilling purposes including mud preparation and other process and 5 KLD will be used for domestic purposes including drinking.




122

Drilling mud will be reused as much as possible. The liquid will be filtered using cartridge filters and reused for mud preparation, washing etc. Excess quantity, if any, will be tested to comply with disposal norms and then released. Proper bunds will be provided around all chemical and fuel storage areas, to prevent contaminated run-off to mix with storm-water drainage system. Adequate storm water management will be ensured at site and process wastewater will not be mixed in storm water. Modular STP and soak pit arrangement will be made for grey water treatment at camp sites. Safe drinking water will be provided to workers.

4.10 Land Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Drilling fluid or mud is basically a mixture of water, clay, polymers and weighting material with all individual components being environmentally friendly. This mud will be reused as much as possible. The mud circulation is a closed loop with the return mud going back to the mud tanks. At the end of drilling operations, the residual (unusable) mud is discharged in to the waste pit after proper DWM conditioning.

Impact of the Project on the Soil Environment and its Mitigation: Impact of any project on soil environment can be at different stages of project like constriction phase and operational phase. Causes of impact can be air (Flue gas), Water (effluents) and solids (Waste and hazardous material). Impact can be primary, secondary or tertiary. Impact can be positive or negative. Impacts & Mitigation at Initial stage of Development Drilling

Site Clearance The sites for the proposed development Wells are first topographically surveyed and boundaries are clearly marked for establishing the site. Land clearance for site construction shall practically able to accommodate all the facilities required for installation. The area required for the each Well with all the accommodations is approximately 1 ha. If this area is agriculture area then top soil will have to be removed and kept separately for later use after decommissioning of the drilling operation. If natural drainage channels are disturbed for site preparation may lead to soil erosion, hence avoided or drainage channels rerouted to ensure unhindered flow of rain/ flood water. Where necessary adequate erosion control measures shall be provided; all practicable means shall be followed to avoid or minimize detrimental effects on the surrounding soil environment by virtue of the construction at the location or the operation of the drilling Rig.

Access and Transport: For drilling conventional oil field (drilling) equipment’s are to be carried to the site using available Kachha or mettle road. When such roads are not available they may be carried through agriculture area and may lead to compaction of soil and impact physical properties of soil




123

In some cases, permanent access roads will have to be built so that equipment can be moved in and out of the locations initially and during later maintenance. While making access roads, following guidelines shall be followed: Use existing roads, when suitable, to prevent further soil disturbance. Use of Site roads along, ridgelines to minimize road grades and to lessen the potential of disturbing a watercourse, which may lead to soil erosion. Impacts Due to Drilling Operations

Effluents generated during drilling operations Only water based drilling fluid will be used largely having bio-degradable components. Approximately 150-200 m3 of drill cuttings (earth cuttings), devoid of any oil, will be generated at site in each Well. These cuttings will be separated from drilling fluid using vibrating screens Called shale shakers, washed, dried and then buried in lined pits in the Well plinth. The pits will covered with native soil and marked for any future reference. Since no mineral oil will be used other chemical components are biodegradable in nature and these kinds of wastes will not have harmful effects on the soil environment.

Domestic Wastewater: The operating personnel in onshore drilling site accommodation are housed in the vicinity of the location. Septic tanks and soak pits are to be provided to dispose off the domestic wastewater in the base camps. The wash water would contain variable quantities of mineral salts, solids, suspended and dissolved hydrocarbons, and other organic and inorganic components, if the waste is disposed in nearby agriculture fields may contaminate soils.

Waste Management Drill cuttings separated from Mud shall be properly washed and unusable drilling fluids shall be properly stored and disposed as per CPCB guidelines.

Impact at the Time of Decommissioning of Drilling Operations At the conclusion of the exploration-drilling program at each drilling site, an orderly Withdrawal of all personnel and the removal of all drilling and testing equipment and non-fixed items from the drilling site shall be undertaken. In case that the Well is completed when economic quantities of hydrocarbons are Found, the Well will be left with a Well head in place, but all other equipment and materials shall be removed from the site. In any other case the site shall be cleared and refurbished to permit recovery to as near as possible the pre-existing local environment. In the event that no economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, a full abandonment plan shall be implemented for the drilling sites in accordance with the applicable Oil Mines Regulation, 1984. The activities mentioned in the above section would apply to Decommissioning upon abandonment as Well, but abandonment would be more permanent he overriding principle being that the environment should, with time, be reinstated to broadly its original condition. Until such time as this is achieved, reinstatement process should be actively managed. All concrete or steel installations should be removed to at least 1 m below ground level, so as to ensure that there are no protruding surface structures. In the event if soil is found to be contaminated, measures




124

should be taken to remove or treat after proper analysis appropriately all contaminated topsoil to promote its remediation.

Monitoring It is recommended that soil samples should be collected and analysed every year, for mitigation, and to monitor, any adverse impact on soils around the drilling site, during and after operations. It is also suggested that the proponent should take initiative so that farmers within at least 5 km core zone area are encouraged to obtain soil health card and should be given special attention by constant monitoring for Physical and chemical analysis for soil samples with reference to industrial air, water and solid pollutants.

4.11 Socio-economic Environment – Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Need base assessment of the villages The objective of the need base assessment was to know views on the project activities and expectation of the community residing in the study area from the project authority. A structured questionnaire was used for the community consultation survey in the study area. Data collected for education, drinking water, health, communication, power, market facilities etc. In addition, consultations were held with the Sarpanch, school teachers and village elders to get an idea about the social structure of the village, immediate infrastructural needs of the village and type of support required from the project proponent to improve the living standards of the village community and cope with the changes that are associated with industrialization. Collected data interpreted and analysed to know the needs of the villagers. Main issues of the study area were found drinking water problem in summer season, sanitation, no proper medical facility in villages, lack of employment opportunities etc. Based on the survey findings, it was observed that sanitation, drainage, health facilities, were lacking in villages. Development in those fields is needed for the development of the villages. Impact assessment Any proposed/expansion of the industrial project can bring impacts on the community residing near to the industries. Impacts can be positive or negative it’s based on the activities/production/material used in the industries. It is very important to assess the impact due to the project activities. Positive impact Employment generation Direct and indirect employment generation for of skilled, unskilled and semi-skilled work force will be a positive impact for the surrounding villagers Development in infrastructural facilities Road construction, power supply will be developed by PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd. It will beneficial for surrounding villages.




125

Temporary sheds For the workers who will engage in in project related activities, temporary sheds will be constructed with all amenities; therefore there will be no disturbance for the surrounding villagers Displacement: There is no need of land acquisition for the project; therefore there will be no displacement in the surrounding villages. Migration of workforce Labour workforce will be utilized for the project acclivities. Only for technical assistance /skilled work force which are not available in the study area will be appointed from other areas. Negative impact

Public health During well drilling, there is always a fear of water contamination, of air and noise pollution. In the case of any pollution related to population, health status may affect. Water contamination can affect eye, skin and stomach related problems, air pollution may affect respiratory system of the surroundings villages near to project site Increased transportation activity Increase in production will resulted to increased transportation activity, heavy transportation activity may affect to road and traffic noise. Impact on crops In the study area paddy and black gram were the major crop pattern, due to the drilling activity dust will be generate, air pollution may affect crops at some extent

Mitigation measures Mitigation measures are a important part to reduce the negative impact for any industries. Mitigation measures for the proposed project as follows: Preference to local workforce Awareness programme in panchayats about the project Medical camps in surrounding villages(once in 3 months) Free medicine distribution in medical camps Construction of boundary wall to restrict children/livestock entry in the project

premises. Preventive measures to cover truck while transportation Provision of road maintenance/repair at a time of damage Cooperative attitude with the villagers, Periodically /visits/ meetings with Village

Sarpanch CSR activities based on village need




126

4.12 Ecological Impacts And Mitigation Measures

Biological Impact Assessment Methodology Impacts on biological components were identified by following various steps as explained in following different sections. All biological impacts have been assessed considering that, all operational / engineering control suggested in EMP will be properly implemented. Identification of Extent of Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) Area Extent of LIZ area can be mapped through superimposing air pollution dispersion model, noise dispersion model, drainage pattern on the project study area (Core Zone + Buffer Zone) map (toposheet or LULC map). Sometimes, in absence or unavailability of above said details, extent of LIZ area can be considered around the project boundary as suggested by EIA coordinator. Identification of Likely Impacts Likely impacts on the biological components have been identified on the basis of activities and associated aspects involved in the different phases of project cycle and various ecosystems or habitats falling in the identified LIZ area. Scoring of Biological Consequences The consequences due to impacts on various biological components have been categorized into 5 levels ranging from insignificant to severe consequence and are given in the following Table 51. It consists of flora, fauna and habitat / ecosystem level impacts.

Table-51 : Biological Consequences Scoring Scheme

Consequences Score (CS)

Likely Impact Receiving Components (Ecosystem, habitat and Species Level)

Insignificant Consequence - 1 Score

Site specific clearing (removal) of common flora i.e. herbs, shrubs, grasses, climbers.

Vegetation composition does not form a habitat character for any species of conservation significance.

No short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the surrounding habitat / ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance to common / generalist faunal species (e.g. movement pattern, displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on surrounding ecosystem functioning or habitat ecology.

Minor Consequence - 2 Score

Site specific loss (removal) of some common species of regenerating tree saplings.

Minor temporary impacts on ecosystem functioning or habitat ecology of common / generalist species.

Minor short term / long term impacts on surrounding / immediate / adjacent habitats but are resilient to changes in habitat structure or condition.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture when environmental data / parameters are within permissible limits.

Moderate Consequence

Site specific clearing (removal) of some common well grown tree / trees




127

Consequences Score (CS)

Likely Impact Receiving Components (Ecosystem, habitat and Species Level)

- 3 Score Site specific loss of nesting / breeding habitat of common / generalist species of flora-fauna but will not result in permanent loss of habitat.

Short term or long term impacts having potential to affect adversely the surrounding habitat character/ habitat ecology/ functioning of ecosystem.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture when physical parameters with marginal increase but can be mitigated. Or likely cumulative impact.

Major Consequence - 4 points

Site specific impact on threatened species but impacted species is widely distributed outside the project site. Short term impacts may lead to loss of abundance or extent, but unlikely to cause local population extinction.

Site specific habitat loss of fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC, Birdlife International, or any other international literature - secondary information.

Impacts on habitats / ecosystems of international importance.

Severe Consequence - 5 points

Impact on Notified areas / species having legal protection under various acts / notifications including proposed areas / species or under consideration. Species mentioned in BSI, Red Data Book, ZSI, or literature published by any State Govt. Institute, University or Collage etc.

Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact After identifying the consequence severity, the possibility of occurrence also needs to be estimated to visualize entire scenario of biological impact. Following Table 52 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1 to 5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.

Table-52 : Occurrence Frequency Assessment

Description Occurrence Frequency Occurrence Frequency

Score (OFS) Regular Definite / Constant / continuous event / each day 5

Frequent happen several times each year 4

Periodic May happen a few times each year 3

Occasional May happen few times during the project life cycle 2

Rare One time project activity (with reversible / short term impact) / Rare event during the project life cycle or accidental / unintentional event

1

Quantifying Biological Impact Biological Impact Score (BIS) is calculated by multiplying the Consequence Score (CS) and the Occurrence Frequency Score (OFS) together. As a result, {BIS = CS × OFS}.




128

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact evaluation is carried out assuming an implementation of sound management programmes to maintain healthy biological environment conditions. Also, helps to frame mitigation measures for reducing the ecological impact and thereafter, formulate effective Environmental Management Plans (EMPs). Categorization of Intensity of Biological Impact Biological impacts are categorized in to five levels from Insignificant to Extremely Severe. Each level of impact needs different action to manage / control / supervise it in proper way. Details are tabulated in the following Table-53. Table-53 : Categorization of Biological Impacts

Score Biological

Impact Necessary Action

> 20 Extremely Severe

Proposed project activity should not proceed in current form unless clearance / approval / NOC (other than EC) from competent authorities (e.g. forest clearance / wildlife clearance etc.).

11 to 20 Moderate Severe

Operation subject to management by operational controls. Proposed activity should be operated subject to strong management and strong operational controls / or modification.

1 to 10 Less Severe

No immediate action required unless escalation of risk is possible. Operation subject to periodic monitoring / surveillance / observation.

Likely Impacts on Biological Environment Identification of Extent of Likely Impact Zone (LIZ) Area Agriculture is the major land use of the block area followed by water bodies / ponds. Accordingly, LIZ area includes agriculture and water bodies. Identification of Likely Impacts Following impacts have been determined on the basis of the various project activities, associated aspects involved in various stages of the project cycle, and ecological setting / condition of the LIZ area. Details are given in the following Table-54.

Table-54 : Likely Impacts on Biological Components

Sl. No. Proposed Project

Activities Aspects Likely Impacts

1. Drilling Site Preparation Phase

1

Site preparation, leveling and pit construction for storage of water, diesel, drilling mud, brine, acid, produced waste

Uprooting of vegetation / generation of noise

1. Loss / damage of floral diversity

2. Loss of habitat & habitat fragmentation

2. Construction / Establishment Phase

2 Iinstallation associated activities at site:

Generation of noise




129

Sl. No. Proposed Project

Activities Aspects Likely Impacts

movement of construction equipment and vehicular movement etc. transport machinery, workers/ labors for mechanical / engineering / technical work, etc.

3. Disturbance to normal faunal movements in surrounding habitats.

3 Drilling of well

Generation of noise & vibration

Generation / discharge of effluent

4. Contamination of agriculture land / habitat and water surrounding water bodies /ponds / Godavari River

Well blowout (rare / accidental event)

5. Impact on surrounding agriculture / faunal species / vegetation due to high temperature and emissions

4 Operation of DG sets

Particulate Matter (PM), oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Carbon monoxide (CO).

6. Impact on surrounding habitats / agriculture / vegetation due to gaseous emissions.

3. Operation and Maintenance Phase

5 Storage and Handling of Crude oil

Spillage 7. Impact on habitat or contamination of habitat.

Flaring during well testing (not usual event)

Generation of heat and gaseous emissions like Nitrogen oxides, Sulfur oxides, Carbon monoxide and particulates and additional H2S, VOC, PAHs etc.

8. Impact on surrounding agriculture / faunal species / vegetation due to high temperature and emissions


7 Leaving / deserting / dumping of waste materials

drill cuttings, drilling mud, brine, Acid, Chemicals, used oil from maintenance activities

9. Contamination of agricultural land / habitat and surrounding habitats due to leaching during rainy season.

Quantifying Biological Impact Impacts on the flora, fauna and habitats have assessed in the following Table-55 on the basis of multiplication of Consequence Score (CS) and the Occurrence Frequency Score (OFS) together.




130

Table-55 : Biological Impact Scoring

S. No.

Likely Impact Description Impact Scoring

Remarks CS OFS BIS

1. Pre Commissioning Phage

1 & 2

Floral diversity & habitat loss, and habitat fragmentation: Site preparation activities include clearing of vegetation. However, the drill sites will be selected avoiding tree plantations. So, no tree cutting / uprooting need to be carried out. Approximately 1.0 ha. of land would be required at each drill site. Agriculture is a common habitat which supports common faunal species.

1 5 5 Less Severe

2. Construction / Establishment Phage

3

Disturbance to the fauna / faunal movement expected due to noise & vibration due to drilling activity: Common faunal species expected well adapted to the routine activities. So there they may not face significant adverse impact.

1 5 5 Less Severe

4

Contamination of agriculture land / habitat and surrounding water bodies /ponds / Godavari River is expected due to waste water generated during drilling activity: The liquid wastes generated from the drill sites will be sewage from camps and waste drilling mud.

1 5 5 Less Severe

5

Impact on surrounding agriculture / faunal species / vegetation is expected due to well blowout which generates high temperature and emissions (very rare event).

5 1 5 Less Severe

6

Impact on surrounding habitats due to gaseous emissions: Emissions expected from operation of DG sets, movement of various equipment and vehicle movement etc. Since the resultant PM, SO2 and NOx levels in the study area will be kept within the prescribed statutory limits through various engineering operational control, so no major deleterious impacts on the air environment from the project are expected.

1 5 5 Less Severe


7 Spillage of crude oil may be site specific and will not be a routine activity.

1 5 5 Less Severe

8

Flaring during well testing will short duration activity and will be done within a ground level enclosed pit so no drastic impacts expected. Likely impacts expected site specific and can be mitigated with in site boundary.

1 5 5 Less Severe

4. Decommissioning

9 Contamination of habitat and soil is expected due to Leaving / deserting / dumping of waste

1 5 5 Less Severe




131

S. No.

Likely Impact Description Impact Scoring

Remarks CS OFS BIS

materials. However, due to operational control consequences expected will be rare.

Mitigation Measures Considering above various impacts, apart from various operational / engineering controls following mitigation measures will be implemented to improve / maintain biological conditions of the project area environ. Detail description is given in the following Table-56.

Table-56 : Likely Impacts and Suggested Mitigation Measures

Impact S. No.

Likely Impact Description Impact Justification and Mitigation Measures

1. Drilling Site Preparation Phase

1&2

Loss of floral diversity associated faunal diversity and habitat fragmentation

No immediate action is required since no extensive vegetation clearance is required. However, green-belt will be developed with suitable species as following CPCB guidelines. This green-belt will serve as a barrier to mitigate minor impact and; to enhance habitat status & ecological conditions of the area.

2. Construction / Establishment Phase

3 Disturbance to normal faunal movements in surrounding habitats.

No immediate action is required. However, all project related related activities should be carried out day time only.

4

Contamination of agriculture land / habitat and water surrounding water bodies /ponds / Godavari River

No immediate action is required. Operational / engineering control required. The sewage will be treated in septic tanks / soak pits. There will be no discharge of effluents to water or land.

5

Impact on surrounding agriculture / faunal species / vegetation due to high temperature and emissions

No immediate action is required. Operational / engineering control required.

6

Impact on surrounding habitats / agriculture / vegetation due to gaseous emissions.

No immediate action is required. Operational / engineering control required. Appropriate stack stack height to DG sets need to be provided.


7 Impact on habitat or contamination of habitat due to spillage.

No immediate action is required. Operational / engineering control required.

8

Impact on surrounding agriculture / faunal species / vegetation due to flaring which generates high temperature and emission

Operational / engineering control required. Flaring will be carried out in the enclosed pit / adequate stack heights will be provided to ensure wider dispersion of emissions. Flaring should be for minimum duration. Greenbelt development has been suggested to avoid impacts on the surrounding habitats.




132


9

Contamination of habitat and soil due to pollutant substances (i.e. Burnt oil, Lead Acid Batteries, Oil Filters)

Requires operational / engineering control. All types of West material will be removed from the site and site will be restored at its original form.

4.13 Environmental Management And Monitoring Plan

Greenbelt Development Plan It is a well-known fact that the trees have substantial inter-specific as well as intra-specific variation in air pollution tolerance (Garsad and Rutter 1982 and Scholz, 1981). Therefore, plant species act as bio-monitoring agent to monitor the air environment as well as to keep and maintain the project environ healthy. Selection of Plant Species

Species for greenbelt development / plantation have been suggested by following Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts, Programme Objective Series: PROBES / 75 / 1999 - 2000 (CPCB, 2000). The greenbelt development not only functions as foreground and background landscape features resulting in harmonizing and amalgamating the physical structures of the port with surrounding environment, but also acts as pollution sink. It will also check soil erosion, make the ecosystem more complex and functionally more stable and make the climate more conducive. Locations of Greenbelt

Greenbelt / plantation will be developed on the site boundary of the premises. Recommended Species AAs per CPCB Greenbelt development guidelines, area falls in the East Coast Plains and Hill Region, Sub Zone: South Coastal Andhra, Climate: Semi-arid. On the zone, following species have been recommended for greenbelt / plantation. Following 12 evergreen species are recommended for greenbelt development.

Table-57: Plant Species Suggested for Greenbelt Development / Plantation Sl. No. Species Name Common / Local Name Habit Growing Speed Evergreen / Deciduous

1 Aegle marmelos Mooredu, Urdu - Bel. Tree Slow growing Evergreen

2 Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu. Tree Quick growing Evergreen

3 Azadirachta indica Veepa chettu Tree Quick growing Evergreen

4 Cassia siamea Seemotangeedu. Tree Quick growing Evergreen

5 Cocus nucifera Kobbari chettu Tree Slow growing Evergreen

6 Musa acuminata Arati Tree Quick growing Evergreen

7 Ficus benghalensis Peddamarri Tree Quick growing Evergreen

8 Ficus religiosa Ashavathomu Tree Quick growing Evergreen

9 Tamarindus indica Chintachettu Tree Quick growing Evergreen




133

Plantation Technique Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area. Plantation of tree species required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form

yard manure Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest

Department nursery Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once

in 2 or 3 days for a period of two years Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months

Monitoring Protocol The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work,

applying manure, weeding and provide proper protection. Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the

plantation during the growth stage. Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings

attain matured tree stage. Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity

should be redeveloped and maintained by the agency.

4.14 Source for Groundwater Pollution:

Groundwater pollution from oil & gas production is typically point-source pollution, which means that it is typically limited to identifiable number of sites with high concentrations of the contaminant; nonetheless, the impact of each individual incident may be very different depending on the hydrogeological conditions and the contaminant mix. Point source pollution form oil & gas production form Collapse of well hole, wellbore fluids lost to water bearing formation, casing rupture & well blow out. Shallow aquifers are particularly vulnerable to contamination, since there is only a thin layer of sediment to protect the groundwater body which is few meters below the surface. As a consequence, emissions on the surface are more easily transported to the groundwater; on the other hand, a larger share of the contaminated groundwater feeds to surface waters. While this raises the probability of adverse effects on dependent ecosystems, it means that contamination episodes in shallow aquifers are likely to be more short lived than in deep aquifers where there is less exchange with surface water bodies.

In coastal areas, aquifers are frequently threatened by sea water intrusions into the aquifer; this problem is referred to as saline intrusion. It is an example of the interconnectedness of qualitative and quantitative aspects of groundwater protection. Coastal areas are over-exploited is there a chance for saltwater to intrude into the unsaturated zone. In some parts of study area saline intrusion is one of the main causes for groundwater quality degradation in coastal areas. One peculiarity of saline intrusion is that the quality degradation is not due to man-made pollution. Several sources of wastes are generated during operations and may require storage at the site for subsequent disposal. These wastes include spent drilling fluids, cuttings and formation fluids. Under the coastal area and in the wetlands of delta region these wastes would be contained in




134

various tanks. Dewatered drilling semisolids from ultimate disposal of drilling wastes are also potential impact to the groundwater.

Aquifer Protection Measures:

During oil and gas production activities, precautionary measures will prevent a direct interface with fresh water bearing aquifers. These measures includes proper well casing and cementing, proper use of drilling muds, spill prevention, proper installation and operation of injection wells.

Minimum casing requirement should be governed by the floor elevation of the aquifer to the lower most freshwater- bearing aquifer.

Drilling fluids and muds must be stored in leak proof storage tanks must be constructed and maintained to prevent pollution of subsurface fresh water.

Emergency reserve pits must be lined with an artificial impermeable material so as to prevent the escape of any contents which may contaminate the shallow aquifer system.

Dewatered drilling semisolids and drilling solids must be store in impermeable material to prevent leaching to the shallow ground water aquifer.

Abstractions of groundwater must be limited. During the oil & gas production some common accidents anticipated that will be source of groundwater pollution. Preventive or corrective methods during accidents are given in below Table 58.

Table-58 : Accidents Impacting Groundwater & Preventive Methods

Accident Impact on Groundwater Preventive or Corrective action

Collapse of well hole

If collapse is in water bearing formation. Drilling fluids will be introduced into aquifer to the limit of affected area.

Cementing of casing will seal off affected area.

Wellbore fluids last to water bearing formation

Introduction of fluids into aquifer. Possible salt, chemical or heavy metal pollution to an otherwise useful water source.

Add ”lost circulation” controlling material (e.g. walnut hulls, sawdust, chopped cellulose, ground mica, etc.,) most of such additives will remain in the formation. Cementing of casing will seal off affected area.

Casing rupture

If rupture is opposite a water bearing formation and if cementing ruptures also, formation fluids will enter aquifer if pressure is greater than artesian pressure in aquifer. Casing rupture may also allow flow of drilling muds or formation fluids to higher or lower strata or even to surface. Pollution may occur if direct contact in strata occurs or infiltration from surface if rupture causes a surface spill.

Proper management of drilling fluid densities and pressurization during hydrostatic fracturing should minimize potential for casing ruptures. Following an occurrence the casing must be repaired or replaced, if possible.

Equipment structural failure and spills

Leakage of hydrocarbons or other contaminates, onto soils and percolation into the shallow aquifer system.

Frequent inspections of equipment, replacement of worn or fatigued parts. Immediate clean-up of any spills.




135

4.15 Summary of Identified Impacts and Proposed Mitigation Measures

Table-59 : Summary of Mitigation Measures Sl. No Impacts Mitigation Measures

1 Air Emissions

Emissions from DG sets

Flaring of associated gas

Emissions from vehicular movement;

The DG sets will be provided with sufficient stack height meeting CPCB standards for proper dispersion of the pollutants

DG sets will be properly maintained and servicing will be done as suggested by the manufacturer to keep under the statutory limits;

Improvement of combustion efficiency by enduring maintenance and replacement and replacement of air, fuel filters for DG sets asper the requirement

The storage and handling of soil, sub-soils, top-soils and materials will be carefully managed to minimize the risk of windblown materials and dust;

Water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season

The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as such, that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type;

D.G set shall be properly maintained;

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles

2 Noise Generation

Noise from Production Operation

Noise from vehicular Traffic / movement

Noise from DG set / fire engine

Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment’s and machineries (like mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

Proper and timely maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels;

All noise generating operations, (except anything directly related to Production operations) to be restricted to daytime only to the extent possible;

Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be provided to all the workers at site and it shall be ensured that the same are wear by everyone during their shift.

3 Wastewater Generation Efforts will be made to reduce water requirement and recycling will be practiced wherever possible;

Wastewater from drilling activity will be sent to HDPE waste pit. Wastewater characteristics would vary in nature and likely to contain soil particulate matter along with organics. The




136

Sl. No Impacts Mitigation Measures

treatment scheme comprises of Sedimentation cum Coagulation

Tank and clarification by settling and the treated wastewater will be sent to waste lined pit for solar evaporation.

The domestic wastewater will be discharged into the septic tanks followed by soak pits;

The storm water system will be efficiently designed and maintained;

Drilling is likely to be avoided during monsoon season;

Drill cutting waste has to be disposed on-site in waste lined pit.

All chemical and fuel storage areas should have proper bunds so that contaminated run-off cannot meet the storm-water drainage system.

Proper designing will be carried out on site for storage and disposal of process wastes in accordance with CPCB guidelines and with proper liner systems;

Proper engineering techniques will be used during drilling, cementing and casing of the development wells;

Ensuring proper spill control and management at site

4 Land Necessary efforts will be made during selection of drill site to minimize disruption of current land use to the extent possible, and this should be a criteria as part of initial drilling activity planning;

Temporary camps will be provided on site for the laborers deployed during construction and drilling phases with complete amenities and sanitation facilities;

Necessary restoration efforts will be made during decommissioning and site closure to restore the site back to its original condition to the extent possible;

On completion of works (in all phases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes will be completely removed;

Optimization of land requirement at the site through proper lay out design will be a basic criteria during the design phase;

New approach roads can be constructed temporarily and existing roads can be improved, if required, for smooth and hassle free movement




137


of personnel as well as materials and machineries;

Proper restoration of site will be carried out to bring the physical terrain, soils and vegetation, as closely possible, to their original condition.

5 Soil Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period;

Carry out adequate restoration of soil in the drilling site;

Restrict movement of vehicles only to designated areas within the site.

Domestic wastes like recyclable and non-recyclable wastes will be segregated at the source itself. Recyclable waste will be sent to recyclers and non-recyclable waste will be disposed to nearby domestic bins.

Install properly designed garland drains along the site to channelize storm water.

Manage contaminants spilling on the soil.

The drill cuttings will be separated and conveyed to a specially designed lined pit at site;

Provisions for mobile toilets will be made for labourers;

Proper arrangement of septic tanks and soak pits will be made at the site.

6 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous waste generation shall be restricted to drill site only.

Generation of Waste oil/ Used oil in very negligible quantity and shall be used for internal purpose for Oil / greasing whereas Oily cotton waste will be sent to approved TSDF site.

Oil sludge generated will be sent to authorize recyclers.

Hazardous Waste storage shall be properly designated and concreted.

Domestic Solid waste generated at site will be segregated at source (Organic / inorganic) & disposed accordingly.

General wastes, scrap metal and wood will be segregated and will be disposed of appropriately to authorized recyclers.

All plastic/paper waste will be collected and will be disposed of to scrap dealers.

Waste lubricants and hydraulic oil generated from the equipment will be disposed to authorized waste recyclers.




138


Containers of oil and other materials will be sold to APPCB/CPCB authorized recyclers.

Oily cotton waste shall be segregated at source and shall be sent to authorize incinerator for disposal.

Proper provision of storage area and disposal method for solid and hazardous waste

Provision of concrete pit for storage of waste (produced) water

7 Socio Economic Generation of indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.

Result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.

As the existing loose / soft surface roads, shall be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.

CSR activities shall be carried out by ONGC, under the directive of Government of Andhra Pradesh which shall help in improvement of facilities in the area.

8 Flora and Fauna Impact on terrestrial fauna due to noise

Project infrastructure and well development will disturb agriculture land of site

Spillage, leakage and well treatment may produce chemical spillage which will disrupt agriculture of nearby farm

Production activity ( tanker movement) may increase deposition of dust and dust settling on the vegetation which may alter or limit plants' abilities to photosynthesize and/or reproduce

Flaring (if required) shall be restricted to technical flaring and shall be done as per OMR 1984 standard to minimize effect on avifauna.

Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G. set to reduce the noise intensity

Development of plantation of native species to substitute the access cutting, site preparation, which shall provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds, small animals and insects

Use existing facilities (e.g. Access Roads) to the extent possible to minimize the amount of new disturbance

Avoid use of unnecessary lighting at night to avoid attracting avifauna

9 Occupational Health and risk to surrounding community

Providing PPE to site workers and staff member or ensuring it through contractors.




139


Noise generated during operational activity may affect the workers and staff members.

Handling of chemicals, fuel, may cause health hazard if not handled properly.

Uncontrolled flow of hydrocarbon or other fluids during blow out may cause serious health

Injuries including fatality of workers as well as damage to surrounding communities.

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment.

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may cause health problem.

All operational activities shall be carried out in confirmation with applicable OISD and OMR standards/regulations/guidelines.

Regular internal / external HSE inspection shall be carried out.

Community awareness with regards to Operation activities and Risk and Hazards associated with the same shall be carried out.

10 Chemical, Fuel & Crude Storage

Fuel and Crude oil will be stored in tanks which has provision of bund,

Chemical will be stored in proper packing under shed

Spill control mechanism


Chapter - 5:Analysis of Alternatives(Technology & Site)


140

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 Alternate Location for the Proposed Project

Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Private Limited by Govt. of India during marginal field DSF-2016 round. The total allocated area of the block is 9.63 sq.km.

5.2 Alternative Drilling Locations

Development drilling of wells for oil and gas resources is site specific in nature hence no alternative site has been considered.

5.3 Alternative Drilling Technology Conventional rotary drilling with WBM stabilizer is used for the drilling operations. 5.4 Alternative Treatment Options

Drill Cuttings Only water based drilling fluid will be used largely having bio-degradable components. Approximately 150-200 m3 of drill cuttings (earth cuttings), devoid of any oil, will be generated at site in each Well. These cuttings will be separated from drilling fluid using vibrating screens called shale shakers, washed, dried and then buried in lined pits in the Well plinth. The pits are covered with native soil and marked for any future reference. Since no mineral oil is used and other chemical components, they are biodegradable in nature, these cuttings will be harmless to the any kind of living things. Liquid Effluents These are generated during washing, cleaning and de-watering of mud using DWM technique. In our case the liquid effluents will be treated using DWM / ETP methods. The liquid will be filtered using cartridge filters and reused for mud preparation, washing etc. Excess quantity, if any, will be tested to comply with disposal norms and then released. Used lubricants will be transferred for reprocessing. Solid Waste These are mainly packing materials, empty sacks etc. It has been planned to use dry powders like Bentonite (clay), Barites (inert) and cement in bulk form thereby reducing the quantity of used sacks. Other packing materials including plastic drums will be crushed and transferred to authorized disposal sites for disposal/ reuse.


Chapter 6:Environmental Monitoring Program


141

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction

All the environmental parameters viz. air, water, noise, soil, etc are being monitored regularly in order to detect any changes from the baseline status. Monitoring program is being carried out regularly every year as per the schedule given below

6.2 Air Quality Monitoring Two locations in core zone and one location in the buffer zone will be monitored on twenty four hourly bases for two days in a week, once in a month during drilling process or Monitoring as per State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions.

6.3 Noise Level Monitoring Noise levels in the working area will be monitored as per State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in month or entire drilling activity life cycle.

6.4 Water Quality Monitoring Water quality will be monitored as per State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in a month during entire drilling activity life cycle. The concentration of heavy metals will be checked for likely contamination. Samples will also collect from available surface water. Ground water quality will also be monitored in order to know the impacts of project operations. This data will be compared to baseline to evaluate the efficacy of the adopted mitigation measures and if further corrective measures are needed.

6.5 Soil Quality Monitoring Soil samples will be collected and analyzed as per State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in a month during entire drilling activity life cycle in order to observe any deviations in the impacts of the operations and the corresponding improvement in the fertility of the soil. The monitoring system will also include:

Table-60 : Summary Monitoring Programme

S. No. Parameters Schedule Location

1 Air quality monitoring

24 hourly Monitoring will be carried out once in a month during drilling process or Monitoring as per State Pollution Control Board (PCB) conditions

2 in core zone 1 in buffer zone

2 Noise quality monitoring

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in month or entire drilling activity life cycle

Core & Buffer zone

3 Water quality monitoring

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) conditions or once in a

Surface water bodies including seasonal streams


Chapter 6:Environmental Monitoring Program


142

S. No. Parameters Schedule Location

month during entire drilling activity life cycle

nearby and ground water from nearby villages

4 Soil quality analysis


4 locations from the area around the project site

5 Green belt / Plantation

Once in a year Plantation area

6 Socio Economic Developmental activities

As per need based assessment Study area

6.6 Environmental Management Cell

For implementation of Environment Management Plan, an Environment Management Cell will be formed under the control of the Project Manager. The EMC will be headed by an Environmental engineer/scientist with sufficient trained manpower in his charge. The responsibilities of this cell will be:

1. Implementation of pollution control measures 2. Monitoring programme implementation 3. Post-plantation care 4. To check the efficiency of pollution control measures taken 5. Any other activity as may be related to environment 6. Seeking expert’s advice when needed 7. Submission of the various compliance reports to the statutory authorities like SPCB/

MoEF&CC, etc.


Chapter 7:Additional Studies


143

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Public Consultation

The Advertisement for Public Hearing was given in Eenadu and Praja Shakthi Paper on 29-08-2018 and the Public Hearing / Public Consultation was conducted on 28/9/2018 at 11.00 AM in the Project Site Kodamanchalli Village, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District. Andhra Pradesh in the presence of Joint Collector Eluru. The Proceedings of the public consultation along with the paper advertisement is provided as Annexure V. The public Hearing Issues and the proponent response are provided in Table 61.

Table-61 : Public Hearing Issues and Proponent Response

SI.No Name and Address

Issues and Concerns Raised

by Public

Proponent Response

Financial Allocation with

Timelines

1 Sri Sunkara Sitaram, MPTC, Kodamanchili Village

He said that they faced many problems due to this type of project implemented by the ONGC in 1993. Till today the local people are not having much awareness on the risks of the Proposed Project. PFH Management has to give assurance and commitment regarding the safety measures to be implemented. The Management has to give awareness at the Village level on the Proposed Project by distributing pamphlets in Telugu. The Management has to co-operate liberally for the development of Kodamanchili Village. He urged the Management to prevent ground water pollution,

All safety measures during the drilling will be carried out as per OISD Guidelines.

Before starting the project activities the villagers will be created awareness.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Activities will be carried out at Kondamanchalli Village as per CSR Act in collaboration with local governance.

There is no possibility for Water Pollution because the drilling is carried out with proper casing and cementing of each string. Further, all the drill cuttings generated during the drilling are collected in a HDPE-lined pits where no

As per OISD guidelines financial allocation for safety will be given within the project cost before the commencement of the project.

5% of Project cost will be spent for CSR activities as per MoEF&CC Guidelines simultaneously.

In this block it is preferably gas without H2S, However this will be confirmed after proposed drilling campaign




144



by Public

Proponent Response


Timelines

collect the opinion of local people before starting the Project, not to create any disturbance to the local Village people. He also requested the Management to clarify as to whether they are taking up the Project for Gas or Oil exploration

percolation to the ground can take place.

It is not possible, at this time, to estimate the volume of Gas or Oil production. It can only be known after detailed testing and downhole reservoir studies are undertaken, as being proposed now.

2 Sri S. Ramachandra Rao, R/o Pedamanchili

He said that earlier ONGC did not cooperate for the Village Development. He requested the Management of PFH to sanction funds for the development of Kodamanchili Village

CSR Activities will be carried out at Kondamanchalli Village as per CSR Act in collaboration with local governance.


3 Sri A.Nagamuneendra Rao, R/o Koderu

He said that due to Blow-out in East Godavari District at Nagaram, Mamidikuduru and Allavaram Villages people suffered a lot. Till today no action for the development of the affected villages were under taken. He urged the Management to take all precautionary measures during drilling activity


There is no need for any apprehension regarding blow-outs, because the Management is proposing to adopt latest Drilling Technologies and Drilling Supervision.

As per OISD guidelines financial allocation for safety will be given within the project cost before the commencement of the project.

4 Sri Enturi Rama Shekara Rao,

He said that earlier the ONGC people did not take any

No damages to agricultural lands

As per OISD guidelines




145



by Public

Proponent Response


Timelines

Kodamanchili Village

action on the problems faced by them. He also said that their agriculture land was damaged due to discharge of waste water from the ONGC drilling site. He opined that In future also, no one from Government or from the Management side would come forward to solve the problems arising out of drilling operation. Due to Blow-Out incident in East Godavari District, people faced many problems. Funds or developmental activities would be of no use in saving the lives of the people and damages to agricultural lands. He further said that local people are un aware of the public hearing

is expected because of latest drilling technologies.

There is no possibility for Water Pollution because the drilling is carried out with proper casing and cementing of each string. Further, all the drill cuttings generated during the drilling are collected in a HDPE-lined pits where no percolation to the ground can take place.

There is lot of advancement of technology of drilling and treatment of waste. Latest drilling methods and waste treatment methods will be applied. Hence, no chance for ground water pollution.

All safety measures for blow out prevention during the drilling will be carried out as per OISD Guidelines.

financial allocation for safety will be given within the project cost before the commencement of the project.

5 Sri Ch. S.N. Murthy, Ex-Sarpanch, Kodamanchili

He said that 10 acres agricultural land owned by him was damaged due to drilling operations of the ONGC earlier and

No damages to agricultural lands is expected because of latest drilling technologies.

As per OISD guidelines financial allocation for safety will be given within the




146



by Public

Proponent Response


Timelines

apprehended about damage of agriculture land again due to the proposed activity. He requested the Management to take all steps for ensuring peaceful living of the people of Kodamanchili Village. If the Management gives assurance for complete safety of local people, then they can proceed further with the proposed project


project cost before the commencement of the project.

6 Sri Talluri. Visweswara Rao, Kodamanchili

He said that the present drill site belongs to him. Due to ONGC drilling operation earlier, their agricultural land was spoiled due to oil spillages resulting in no yield for three years. Waste water was stagnated at the drill site itself. The residential areas is located 50 mtrs, 20 mtrs and 70 mtrs from the proposed site. Every night they had faced severe sound pollution resulting in severe headaches. Proposed activity will change the environment. No hospitals are nearby for

No damages to agricultural lands is expected because of latest drilling technologies.

There is no possibility for Water Pollution because the drilling is carried out with proper casing and cementing of each string. Further, all the drill cuttings generated during the drilling are collected in a HDPE-lined pits where no percolation to the ground can take place.

There is lot of advancement of technology of drilling and treatment of




147



by Public

Proponent Response


Timelines

treatment in case of any accidents

waste. Latest drilling methods and waste treatment methods will be applied. Hence, no chance for ground water pollution.

There is a possibility for Noise during the Drilling Operations and DG Set operations. However, the Management will ensure that the noise levels are within the prescribed standards of CPCB/ MoEF.

7 Sri Durga Prasad, Kodamanchili

He said that Nagaram Blow-out occurred due to inaction by the ONGC inspite of advance caution by local people. Because ONGC Management did not take much care, a major mishap occurred. It was later found that mishap was due to low quality gas pipelines. If good things happen, people will get benefits, but on the other hand, if any mishap occurs the Management people will not take any responsibility and people will be at huge loss.

- -




148



by Public

Proponent Response


Timelines

8 Sri Akumarthi Rambabu, Arundhati Peta, Kodamanchili Village

He said that his children will daily ply on the road which is nearer to the project site. There is possibility of risk of life of people travelling on the roads due to heavy vehicular movement on the roads. Keeping this in mind, the Management has to take necessary precautionary measures before starting the work.

Existing roads will either be strengthened or modified to facilitate moment of machinery and rig to the drill site. The management will ensure no damage to the roads.


9 Sri Chenna Kesava Reddy, NGO, adapa

He said that he studied entire area and he requested the management to provide fencing around the site before starting the activity. Entrance gate is to be provided with work timings. Allocate Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) funds to the local village only. Form a committee with Gram Panchayat Secretary, Sarpanch, VRO for allocation of the CSR funds. Preferences should given to the local people in employment. The management has to use local tractors for their purpose. He

Fencing with gate will be provided near the drill site

CSR funds will be allocated a prescribed by the Government. Half-Yearly Reports will have to be submitted on the CSR funds expenditure. Hence, Management will follow the Guidelines in respect of CSR funds.

Employment to semi skilled and unskilled labour to 20-40 people will be provided with local people for drilling period of 45-60 days.





149



by Public

Proponent Response


Timelines

welcomed the upcoming project

10 Sri H. Madhu Babu, NGO, Hyderabad

He said that the government of India imports oil and gas from Arab countries. At present oil and gas prices increased abnormally. The Govt of India proposed the private management to explore oil and gas to cater to the needs of the country. While drilling, the management has to take all necessary precautionary measures. The management has to look after the needs of the local people. He welcomed this project

- -

7.2. Risk Assessment

Work Over of the temporarily abandoned sweet gas well and drilling 5 nos. of additional appraisal / development well in an area of 9.63 sq. km of Achanta field in West Godavari Dist. in Andhra Pradesh for hydrocarbon prospecting and gas pipeline (with associated facilities) connecting the production wells to nearest ONGC GGS by M/s PFH Oil & Gas PL. As part of the procedure for clearance by the MOEF&CC, PFH need to submit a rapid risk assessment of the operations. PFH has commissioned Bhagavathi Ana Labs Private Limited (BALPL) to conduct a rapid risk assessment of the proposed drilling operation and to establish the Risk Criteria and based on it provide recommendations and Mitigation measures to bring the level of risk to as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). PFH intends drilling of Development well to a depth of 3000 m.




150

7.2.1. Rapid Risk Assessment Approach

Study Assumptions The quantified risk assessment (QRA) approach used in this rapid risk assessment is necessarily generic in nature as the drilling Rig type has yet to be selected. However, a credible QRA can be achieved by the careful setting of assumptions and generally by taking a conservative view of the event frequency, equipment performance and consequence modelling. This will be the approach that has been followed in this study.

The principal study assumptions regarding: drilling & testing lifecycle, study scope, well data, legislative compliance, support services, operating practices are contained in Table-61. These assumptions have been applied to all generic QRA’s. In addition, modelling assumptions specific to Drilling are provided below. ALARP Risk Principles The PFH definition of risk tolerability, against which all the QRA results have been assessed, below The definition of what level of risk is tolerable, difficult and necessarily subjective. For safety risks PFH has adopted the ALARP principle (as low as reasonably practical) outlined in Figure-29 below. In general terms, the risk should be considered to be ALARP if the cost of reducing the risk further cannot be justified by the reduction in risk which would occur. For many risks these ALARP considerations may be addressed qualitatively. For high risk situations numerical risk tolerability performance standards are required. If the risk is not considered to be ALARP even following the correct development and application of control measures, then alternative ways of achieving the operational objective shall be identified and considered. Figure-28 shows the methodology adopted for the rapid risk assessment of the drilling operation.

Qualitative demonstration of ALARP In relatively low risk situations when the ALARP justification is being made qualitatively some or all of the following can be applied where appropriate:

Demonstration of the application of best practice including technology and management techniques,

Reference to trends in accident and incident statistics,

Discussion /comparison of risk levels before and after possible change, i.e. identification of practicable options for reduction of risks following the preferred hierarchy as follows, elimination or minimisation of hazard, engineering design, suitable systems of working, and then personal protective equipment




151

Figure-28: Rapid Risk Assessment Methodology

Quantitative demonstration of ALARP Where the consequences of a hazard being realised are very high, i.e. where multiple fatalities, severe environmental damage or damage to installations, and/or major loss of production would result, then quantitative risk assessment (QRA) techniques must be used to demonstrate ALARP. It needs to be understood that QRA is not an exact science; it relies on the use of historical data which may be inaccurate or not directly relevant. Nevertheless, it is valuable in comparing risks to identify priorities and can be used with caution to establish absolute levels of risk. These absolute levels can then be compared with criteria which establish the way in which risks are to be




152

treated. PFH has determined that, on the basis of generally accepted international risk acceptance criteria:

No offshore installation shall pose an individual risk per annum (IRPA) of death to those involved in operating or maintaining the installation from major accidents greater than a 1 in 1,000 chance a year. If this risk can be shown to be less than 1 in 100,000 a year, then it will be accepted;

Where the risk lies between these levels, then potential design improvements will be assessed to ensure that risks are reduced to an ALARP level.

In other words: an IRPA greater than 1 in 1,000 a year cannot be accepted as ALARP; an IRPA less than 1 in 100,000 a year is automatically accepted; IRPA's between these levels may be accepted but additional safeguards should be examined to ensure that an ALARP level is reached.

Figure-29 : ALARP Criteria

Control Measures to Reduce Risks Once it has been decided that a risk needs further control, the means of doing so should be evaluated in the following order of preference:

Eliminate the hazard. Occasionally this may prove practicable, for example, by changing the material used, the process or the equipment. An example would be cleaning using a detergent instead of a flammable, toxic solvent;

Technical solutions. Engineered control measures, for example enclosures, ventilation systems, alarms, trips and guards. These are relatively independent of the human factor, and generally can be made reliable;

Procedural solutions. Doing things in a different way to improve safety relies on individuals complying with procedures. Training and communication are important to ensure that operators recognise the risks and know how to avoid them;




153

Protective equipment (PPE). This is the least satisfactory form of control, and should only be considered after all others have been rejected.

It should be noted that introducing controls can produce further risks which may need to be assessed in turn.

Risk cannot be justified save in extraordinary circumstances. Finally, each QRA requires:

The identification of major hazards specific to the unit being assessed The construction of an event tree for each major hazard to derive a set of credible sub – events Numerical values for major hazard occurrence frequencies and event probabilities are derived from international accident databases of historical incidents and are combined in the event tree to derive occurrence frequencies for these sub events. BALPL have consistently adopted a conservative modelling approach in defining these frequencies and probabilities. All such modelling assumptions are listed;

The modelling of the consequences in terms of potential fatalities from each credible sub event. As these are ’rapid’, generic risk assessments, this modelling does not take the form of detailed physical modelling but rather reflects typical outcomes based on historical data. BALPL have consistently adopted a conservative approach in deriving such outcomes and all such modelling assumptions are listed

It is PFH intention to use the latest generation of drilling unit for this work. Hence the use of historical records which reflect the performance of potentially lower design and operational standards, may introduce an additional element of conservatism into the approach over and above that inherent in BALPL’s selection and application of data.

Table-62 : Principal Study Assumptions

Assumption Number

Assumption Title

Description

1 Lifecycle

The risk analysis will assume that the drilling Rig are securely on location and will cover a typical ‘whole lifecycle’ of the well operation including:

a. Drilling / Casing / Cementing b. Well testing c. Production d. Decommission

2 Study Scope

a. The QRA will address those hazards with the potential to cause a “major incident” (e.g. multiple fatalities)

b. The study is confined to events occurring on the Rig & the impact of any releases on the environment.

c. In the event of Rig abandonment

3 Well Information

The well has the potential to flow either oil or gas a. The well may be High Pressure / High Temperature b. H2S or significant CO2 may be present in the well c. Drilling will be likely to take place at any time during the

year d. The Rig will be on station for 30-45 days. For analysis

purposes a conservative approach, assuming a 45 day well (40 days drilling & 5 days testing) will be used




154

Assumption Number

Assumption Title

Description

4 Drilling Rig Certification

The drilling Rig will fully comply with all relevant Indian and international legislation and safety standards and the Operator has certified it as fit for purpose at the commencement of drilling

5 Site Information

Prior to Rig, BALPL identified all potential environmental sensitivities and an appropriate site survey for debris etc in earlier chapters.

6

Operator Information

Operator has and will apply a modern Safety Management System

All drilling and other related operations carried out on the Rig reflect best Industry practices and comply with all relevant Indian and international legislation

7 Acceptable Risk Levels

The individual risk per annum (IRPA) will be assessed against the ALARP risk level

8 Supporting Study Data

Industry acceptable data sources will be substantially utilised in the assessments. These include but are not limited to:

UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE) Hydrocarbon Ignition Database

Purple Book

9 Well Testing

Test equipment skid mounted, typically consisting of heater, test separator, surge drum, holding tank, metering runs, associated pipework

Each test lasts for 5 days

Ten (10) men in the immediate vicinity of the equipment during testing

7.2.2. Drilling Rig

This Section summarises the rapid risk assessment for the Appraisal / Development wells in Achanta Contract Area using electrical drilling Rig.

7.2.2.1. Risk Analysis Results for Drilling Rig

Major Accident Hazards The major hazards identified for the Drilling Rig are shown in Table 63.

Table-63 : Major Accident Hazards for Drilling Rig

Hazard No

Major Accident Hazard

Including

1 Well Blowout During Drilling

Drill Rig blowouts

2 Dropped Objects Offloading & back loading: Movement of material on Rig: Dropped drill pipe




155

Hazard No

Major Accident Hazard

Including

3 Structural Failure

It is assumed that the unit has been chosen to be fit for purpose for its area of operation and that failure occurs as a result of extreme events such as earthquakes, extreme winds etc.

4 Non Process Fires

Cellulosic or electrical fires in accommodation: Diesel fuel tank or pipe leaks leading to fires & explosions in machinery spaces: etc.

5 Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing

Leaks, fires and explosions

Modelling Assumptions The frequency to be assigned to the likelihood of occurrence of each major hazard is derived from industry reference sources and has been used to facilitate this frequency derivation and to support consequence modelling.




156

Table-64 : Assumptions for Well Blowout During Drilling in Rig

S. No Assumption Comments

1

Blowout Probability Probability of blowout per well is taken as 0.0063 Frequency of Blowout is derived as 0.044 per year

Assume that a Rig drills 7 wells per year made up of: 45 days drill & test 5 days move 15 days WOW per year Hence annual frequency becomes 0.0063*7 = 0.044

2 Ignition probability of gas escaping from either a top drive blowout is taken as 0.1

20 year historical data set and takes account of a trend to lower ignition probabilities in recent wells. Note blowout ignition probability of 0.3

3

For blowouts, when ignition occurs: 50% of the time it occurs immediately and results in a

jet fire 50% of the time it will be delayed and result in an

explosion

In the event of ignition of hydrocarbons the following may occur . pool fire: a burning pool of liquid (oil or well fluid) jet fire: a burning jet of gas which if ignited soon after it occurs results

in an intense stabilised jet which is very destructive to anything within it or close to it

Flash fire: delayed (say after 15 minutes) ignition of a gas release. In this time the release may have formed an extensive plume and the ensuing fire will kill everyone within it who is unprotected but not damage structures

Confined explosion: delayed ignition of a gas release within a confined space, the delay (usually in excess of 5 minutes) giving time for an explosive mixture to build up. It has the potential for considerable fatalities and damage. It is assumed that the necessary degree of confinement does not exist on a jack up

Vapour cloud explosion: an ignited gas plume which burns in such a way that it generates overpressures characteristic of and explosion.

A simple but conservative approach has been taken that all immediate ignition events result in a jet fire while the results of all delayed ignition events (whether they are from a flash fire or a vapour cloud explosion) are equally severe

4 For blowouts on Rig resulting in immediate ignition: 10% probability of fatality for all personnel on Drilling

Rig

A blowout on the Drilling Rig with immediate ignition would be expected to lead to a gas jet. An ignited gas jet from a blowout would result in a large flame which has the potential to impact structural members of the




157


0% probability of fatality for all other personnel who are assumed to evacuate the Rig

Personnel evacuating Rig will have escape & evacuation probability of fatalities

drilling, leading to their failure. A prolonged fire (say one to 2 hours) could cause the collapse resulting in more extensive damage. Average number of fatalities per incident is around 3. The time averaged number of personnel on and around the Drilling Rig is 29. To reflect this historical performance it is assumed that 10% of these will be fatalities in the event of such an incident.

5

For ignited blowouts on Rig resulting in delayed ignition: 50% probability of fatality for all personnel on Rig 0% probability of fatality for all other personnel who are

assumed to evacuate the Rig Personnel evacuating Rig will have escape &

evacuation probability of fatalities

A blowout on the Drilling Rig with delayed ignition could be expected to result in an explosion with the potential to kill all unprotected personnel within the gas cloud. This worst credible accident scenario could result in 100% fatalities on the Drilling Rig. To conservatively reflect this historical performance a 50 % fatality level is assumed.

6 For unignited blowouts assume a 5% probability that the reservoir contains volumes of H2S or CO2 at concentration levels high enough to cause fatalities

Estimate

7

Unignited Blowouts: If the gas contains low H2S or CO2 0% probability of fatality for all personnel on Drilling Rig 0% probability of fatality for all other personnel who are

assumed to follow the pre-arranged H2S drill and successfully evacuate the Rig

c)Personnel evacuating Rig will have escape & evacuation probability of fatalities

Assume a precautionary evacuation of the Rig takes place There have been no recorded fatalities from unignited blowouts.

8

Unignited Blowouts: If the gas contains high levels of H2S or CO2 10% probability of fatality for all personnel on Drilling

Rig as a result of H2S poisoning 0% probability of fatality for all other personnel who are



It is conservatively assumed that large volumes of gas rather than oil are present in the reservoir. Assume that best practice H2S protection measures are adopted and regular drills held. H2S Detection system. All personnel follow procedures but, as a result of equipment failure or lack of training only 90% success is achieved




158

Table-65 : Event Tree for Well Blowout During Drilling

Blowout occurs under water

Ignition of blowout

Ignition of wellhead blowout

Delayed ignition

High H2S or CO2

concentration

Sub Event

Description Frequency

per year

Probability 0.17 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 1 Explosion around Rig 2 Gas cloud around Rig with high concentration of H2S or CO2 3 Gas cloud around Rig with low concentration of H2S or CO2 4 Explosion at wellhead with delayed ignition 5 Gas jet flame at wellhead instantaneous ignition 6 Gas leak at wellhead with high concentration of H2S or CO2 7 Gas leak at wellhead with low concentration of H2S or CO2

7.5E-04

3.4E-04 6.4E-03 1.8E-03

1.8E-03

1.6E-03

3.1E-02

Blowout 4.4E-02 per year

7.5E-03

7.5E-04

6.7E-03

3.4E-04

3.7E-02

6.4E-03

3.7E-03

1.8E-03

1.8E-03

3.3E-02

1.6E-03

3.1E-02




159

Table-66 : Consequence Calculations for Well Blowout During Drilling

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality

Estm. Immediate fatalities

Men needing escape/

evacuation

Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalities

AFR

1 Explosion around Rig 7.5E-04 26 0.5 13 101 TR (note 1) 1.3E-05 1.3E-03 13 9.7E-03

2 Gas cloud around Rig with high H2S or CO2

3.4E-04 26 0.1 3 111 TR (note 1) 1.3E-05 1.4E-03 3 8.8E-04

3 Gas cloud around Rig with low concentration of H2S or CO2

6.4E-03 26 0 0 114 TR (note 1) 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 9.5E-06

4 Explosion at wellhead with delayed ignition

1.8E-03 1.8E-03

26 26

0.5 0.1

13 3

101 111

TR (note 1) TR (note 1)

1.3E-05 1.3E-05

1.3E-03 1.4E-03

13 3

2.4E-02 4.8E-03

5 Gas jet flame at wellhead instantaneous ignition

1.8E-03 26 0.1 3 111 TR (note 1) 1.3E-05 1.4E-03 3 4.8E-03

6 Gas leak at wellhead with high concentration of H2S or CO2

1.6E-03 26 0.1 3 111 TR (note 1) 1.3E-05 1.4E-03 3 4.3E-03

7 Gas leak at wellhead H2S or CO2 with low concentration

3.1E-02 26 0 0 114 TR (note 1) 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 4.6E-05

TOTAL AFR IRPA

4.3E-02 1.9E-04

Evacuation methods Notes TR - muster in TR (no evacuation required) 1 Controlled evacuation H - Muster in TR and evacuation




160

Table-67 : Assumptions for Passing Vehicle Collision to Drilling Rig S. No Assumption Comments

1 Frequency of passing Vehicle collision is 0.0008 per year As per above references

2 In 90% of such cases there is sufficient prior warning to allow for precautionary evacuation

No data has been found. This estimate is based on the assumed existence of the following controls to provide for early warning: Rig has radar which is regularly monitored, Control of Vehicle Movement

3

Of the remaining 10% of impacts, it is assumed that the following apply: 75% do not impair the structural stability of the Rig;

only 25% do Of these 25%, one tenth also result in ignition leading

to jet fires / explosion

Based on a conservative interpretation of data reference. Collision energy of 35 – 70 MJ is required for column collapse in Rigs. Estimate taking account fires and explosions can occur when the Rig is in the reservoir (a small % - around 10% - of the time that the Rig is on station) coupled with the fact that, when hydrocarbons are present controls exist to shut down flow (e.g. sub surface safety valves) these would have had to be impaired

4

Ignore the possible impacts of a live well at the same time as this incident occurs

Assume that the well is likely to be live (assuming that all wells drilled are successful) for 5 days out of 45, i.e. a probability of 0.11. In addition the live well will have a number of barriers to prevent flow including the BOP and possibly safety valves. Assume a typical reliability of 0.01 per demand for these 2 safety barriers.

5 When the Rig is toppled 25% of the personnel on Rig are immediate fatalities Remaining 75% escape. Probability of rescuing is 0.8

Estimate based on calculations using data from reference, assume moderate weather conditions

Table-68 : Event Tree for Vehicle Collision to Drilling Rig Men on Rig capsizes Sub Event

Description Frequency per year

Probability 0.1 0.25 1 Capsizes 2 Impact 3 Collision when unoccupied

2.0E-05

6.0E-05

7.2E-04

Passing Vehicle impacts 8.E-04 per year

8.0E-05

2.0E-05

6.0E-05

7.2E-04




161

Table-69 : Consequence Calculations for Vehicle Collision to Drilling Rig

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality


Men needing escape/

evacuation

Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalities

AFR

1 Capsizes 2.0E-05 114 0.25 29 86 R 2.E-01 17 46 9.1E-04

2 Impact 6.0E-05 114 0 0 114 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 8.9E-08

3 Collision when unoccupied 7.2E-04 114 0 0 114 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 1.1E-06

TOTAL AFR IRPA

9.1E-04 4.0E-06

Evacuation methods TR - muster in TR (no evacuation required) H - musters in TR and evacuation

Table-70 : Assumptions for Dropped Objects on Drilling Rig S. No Assumption Comments

1 Frequency of dropped loads per year is 0.55 “falling objects” (defined as all falling loads / dropped objects from crane, drill , or any other lifting equipment. Crane fall accidentally dropped to land and man overboard are also included) of 1.1 per year. However many of the contributions to this figure will not have a “major hazard” contribution and it is inappropriate to include all of them in a QRA modelling approach. Reference allows a figure for crane related dropped objects to be derived as 0.18 per year. Assuming that there are 2 cranes on the Rig this equates to a frequency of “crane related” dropped objects of 0.36 per year. These incidents are all likely to be major hazard related and are (in theory) included in the 1.1 per year figure. There may however be additional contributions to major hazards. We shall assume that 50% of the contributions in reference are major hazard related. Hence an annual frequency of 0.55 is taken for dropped loads.

2 The probability of a dropped load landing on a vulnerable area is taken as 10%

Operational experience suggests that there are few vulnerable areas over which crane loads are permitted to travel, hence this should reflect a conservative approach




162


3 The probability of such a dropped load resulting in loss of hydrocarbons is taken as 10%

Relatively few heavy lifts should be carried out. In addition, it is assumed that the Rig is managed to meet best operational practice such that very heavy lifts which have the potential to cause a major hazard are planned in advance. Where necessary, additional controls should be provided to minimise the chances and consequences of dropped loads

4 If hydrocarbons were released their probability of ignition is taken as 0.1

A very conservative interpretation of data for ignition following a small gas leak

5 For unignited hydrocarbon releases assume a 5% probability that the reservoir contains volumes of H2S or CO2 at concentration levels high enough to cause fatalities

Estimate

6 When the dropped object does not fall on a vulnerable area, there is no fatality

BALPL assumption

7 Unignited hydrocarbon releases: If the gas contains high levels of H2S or CO2 0.1 probability of fatality for all personnel (10) around

laydown area 0% probability of fatality for all other personnel who are


Release is quickly brought under control and no further fatalities arise.

Estimate

8 If a fire occurs as a result of a dropped load the probability of immediate fatality is taken to be 0.1 Fire is quickly brought under control and no further fatalities ensue

Reflective of a typical industry approach

9 For gas leak with low H2S, no fatalities BALPL assumption




163

Table-71 : Event Tree for Dropped Objects on Drilling Rig

Drop on

vulnerable area

Loss of hydrocarbon

Ignition High H2S or

CO2 concentration

Sub Event


per year

Probability 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.05 1 Fire 2 Gas leak at Rig level with high H2S or CO2 concentration 3 Gas leak at Rig level with low H2S or CO2 concentration 4 Damage to equipment or people 5 No damage to equipment or people

5.5E-04 2.5E-04 4.7E-03 5.0E-02 5.0E-01

Dropped object 5.5E-01 per year

5.5E-02

5.5E-03

5.5E-04

5.0E-03

2.5E-04

5.0E-02

4.7E-03

5.0E-01

Table-72 : Consequence Calculations for Dropped Objects on Drilling Rig

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality


Men needing escape/

evacuation

Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of

fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalities

AFR

1 Fire 5.5E-04 10 0.1 1 113 TR 0 0 1 5.5E-04

2 Gas leak at Rig level with high H2S or

CO2 concentration 2.5E-04 10 0.1 1 113 H 1.3E-

05 1.5E-03 1 2.5E-04

3 Gas leak at Rig level with low H2S or

CO2 concentration 4.7E-03 10 0 0 114 TR 0 0 0 0.0E+00

4 Damage to equipment or people 5.0E-02 10 0.02 0 114 TR 0 0 0 9.9E-03

5 No damage to equipment or people 5.0E-01 10 0 0 114 TR 0 0 0 0.0E+00




164

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality


Men needing escape/

evacuation

Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of

fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalities

AFR

TOTAL AFR IRPA

1.1E-02 4.7E-05

Evacuation methods TR - muster in TR (no evacuation required) H - muster in TR and evacuation

Table-73 : Assumption for Structural Failure of Drilling Rig S. No Assumption Comments

1 Probability of a structural failure in any year is assumed to be 0.0028

Structural failure includes: design error, fatigue failure, modification error, operating outside design parameters (e.g. extreme weather / earthquakes in excess of design conditions). It is assumed that the Rig has been correctly specified for the anticipated environmental conditions It is assumed that only the 2 most severe categories will contribute to major structural failure. These are:

total loss of the unit severe damage to one or more modules of the unit / major damage to essential equipment

These 2 categories comprise 12.8% and 22.8% of all structural failure contributions (35.6% in total) Hence the annual Rig failure rate is 0.0077*0.36 = 0.0028.

2 90% of failures are assumed to give some warning and hence allow time for precautionary evacuation

Estimate

3 The remaining 10% of failures are split as follows: 10% of them result in sudden collapse The remaining 90% are the result of a

progressive failure

Estimate

4 When escaping from the Rig sudden collapse scenario, personnel will have a 50 % survival probability

A potentially conservative interpretation which assumes that the collapse is so sudden that many escape routes become unusable

5 When escaping from the Rig progressive collapse scenario, personnel will have a 90 % survival probability

Based on a conservative interpretation of reference assuming that all such events will occur during severe weather. Reference gives a probability of failure to survive as 0.06.




165

Table-74 : Event Tree for Structural Failure Structural Failure of Drilling Rig

Sub Event No precautionary

evacuation Progressive failure Description

Frequency per year

Probability 0.1 0.1 1 Loss of Rig, personnel have time to evacuate 2 Catastrophic loss 3 Loss of Rig with no personnel on Rig

2.8E-05

2.5E-04

2.5E-03

Structural failure 2.8E-03 per year

2.8E-04

2.8E-05

2.5E-04

2.5E-03

Table-75 : Consequence Calculations for Structural Failure of Drilling Rig

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality


Men needing escape/

evacuation

Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalitie

s AFR

1 Loss of Rig, personnel have time to Evacuate

2.8E-05 114 0 0 114 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 4.1E-08

2 Catastrophic loss 2.5E-04 114 0.5 57 114 L/R 1.E-01 11.4 68 1.7E-02 3 Loss of Rig with no personnel on board

2.5E-03 114 0 0 114 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 3.7E-06

TOTAL AFR IRPA

1.7E-02 7.6E-05

Evacuation methods TR - muster in TR (no evacuation required) H - Muster in TR and evacuation




166

Table-76 : Assumptions for Non Process Fires of Drilling Rig Sl. No

Assumption Comments

1 Frequency of all fires is taken as 0.021 per annum

Possible sources are diesel spills, electrical fires, accommodation fires.

2 All (100%) of these fires are assumed to be non-process related

Conservative approach reflecting the reality that most fires will be minor and arise from non-process related causes

3 Assume that 20 % of all fires result in significant damage

Reference states that 19% of all fires are considered significant or greater. This figure is rounded up to 20% to ensure conservatism.

4

Two fatalities will occur where there is significant damage. Otherwise, no fatality will occur

Conservative approach. As these fires are not process related the available inventory to feed the fire is assumed to be limited. Hence the fire will be contained and will not be capable of impacting many people on the Rig. It is also assumed that Rig fire fighting capability will always be able to extinguish the fire

Table-77 : Event Tree for Non Process Fires of Drilling Rig

Sub Event

Significant damages Description Frequency per year

Probability 0.2 1 Fire causing no significant damages 2 Fire resulting in no significant damages

4.2E-03 1.7E-02

Fire 2.1E-02 per year

4.2E-03

1.7E-02




167

Table-78 : Consequence Calculations for Non Process Fires of Drilling Rig

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality


Men needing escape/

evacuation Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalities

AFR

1 Fire causing no significant damages 2 Fire resulting in no significant damages

4.2E-03

1.7E-02

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

0

112

114

TR

TR

0 0

0 0

2 0

8.4E-03

0.0E+00

TOTAL AFR IRPA

8.4E-03 3.7E-05

Evacuation methods TR - muster in TR (no evacuation required) H - muster in TR and evacuation

Table-79 : Assumptions for Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing

Sl. No

Assumption Comments

1

Assume annual gas leakage frequency of 0.00027 Derived from reference assuming: Test equipment skid mounted, typically consisting of; heater, test separator,

surge drum, holding tank, metering runs, and associated pipework. This equates to 4 pressure vessels, 2 flanges, 2 valves (assume inlet and outlet to isolate skid) and an assumed 40 metres of pipework

reference gives the following annual failure frequencies: pressure vessel (0.00015), valve (0.00023), flange (0.000088), piping (4” to 11” – 0.000036 per metre)

This produces an annual leak frequency of (4*0.00015)+(2*0.000088)+ (0.00023*2) +(40*0.000036) = 0.0027




168

Sl. No

Assumption Comments

Each test lasts for 5 days, there are 7 tests per year hence the equipment is at risk for 35/365 of a year = 0.1

Thus annual leak frequency is 0.0027*0.1 =0.00027 testing equipment pressurized at all times

2

Assume that 95% of leaks can be isolated Typical value used in risk assessments. Detection can be by personnel or automatic equipment and relates to the probability of a single valve not closing. As isolation is possible via the wellhead master control valve, the BOP or and ESD valve within the test equipment this can be considered a conservative approach

3 If the gas release is not isolated all workers in the immediate vicinity will be assumed to be exposed

Conservative approach Assume 10 men in the immediate vicinity during testing

4

If the release is isolated no fatalities occur If the release is isolated only a short lived jet fire or small flash fire is possible in the event of ignition or a small volume of potentially poisonous gas in the event that the gas contains H2S. In all these scenarios the threat is limited and contained and hence they do not result in any fatalities

5

Assume probability of ignition of 0.1 Reference suggests that the probability of ignition for small and large gas leaks is 0.005 and 0.3 respectively. Reference indicates that this upper value may be too conservative by recommending a probability of ignition for blowouts of 0.1. Most leaks from process equipment are small and hence a figure towards the lower end of the scale will be most appropriate. Although a lower figure may be justifiable the figure of 0.1 is considered suitably conservative

6

When ignition occurs: 50% of the time it occurs immediately and results

in a jet fire 50% of the time it will be delayed and result in an

explosion

In the event of ignition of hydrocarbons the following may occur; Pool fire: a burning pool of liquid (oil or well fluid) on the Rig Jet fire: a burning jet of gas which if ignited soon after it occurs results in an

intense stabilised jet which is very destructive to anything within it or close to it Flash fire: delayed (say after 15 minutes) ignition of a gas release. In this time

the release may have formed an extensive plume and the ensuing fire will kill everyone within it who is unprotected but not damage structures

Confined explosion: delayed ignition of a gas release within a confined space, the delay (usually in excess of 5 minutes) giving time for an explosive mixture to build up. It has the potential for considerable fatalities and damage. It is




169

Sl. No

Assumption Comments

assumed that the necessary degree of confinement does not exist on a jack up

Vapour cloud explosion: an ignited gas plume which burns in such a way that it generates overpressures characteristic of an explosion.

A simple but conservative approach has been taken that all immediate ignition events result in a jet fire while the results of all delayed ignition events (whether they are from a flash fire or a vapour cloud explosion) are equally severe

7 No allowance is made for the Rigs fire-fighting capability

A very conservative approach which also reflects lack of knowledge of the Rigs safety equipment

8

Probability of fatalities if the gas leak is not isolated are as follows: 0% probability for un-ignited releases if low H2S

or CO2 present. Otherwise see Items-9 and 10 10% for jet fires 50% for explosions

Generally reflective of a typical industry approach

9 For unignited gas releases assume a 5% probability that the reservoir contains volumes of H2S or CO2 at concentration levels high enough to cause fatalities

Estimate

10

Unignited releases if the gas contains high levels of H2S or CO2 10% probability of fatality for all personnel on

Drilling Rig as a result of H2S poisoning 0% probability of fatality for all other personnel

who are assumed to follow the pre-arranged H2S drill and successfully evacuate the Rig


It is conservatively assumed that gas rather than oil is present in the reservoir. Assume that best practice H2S protection measures are adopted and regular drills held. Assume personnel on the Rig are warned of impending danger by alarms, etc. Personnel at most risk assumed to be in open areas. All personnel follow procedures but, as a result of equipment failure or lack of training only 90% success is achieved




170

Table-80 : Event Tree For Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing

Release is

isolated Ignition Delayed ignition

High H2S or CO2

concentration

Sub Event


per year

Probability 0.95 0.1 0.5 0.05 1 Small flash fire 2 Short-lived jet flame 3 Small gas cloud with high H2S or CO2 concentration 4 Small gas cloud with low H2S or CO2 concentration 5 Explosion 6 Jet flame 7 Gas cloud with high H2S or CO2 concentration 8 Gas cloud with low H2S or CO2 concentration

1.3E-05 1.3E-05 1.2E-05 2.2E-04 6.8E-07 6.8E-07 6.1E-07 1.2E-05

Hydrocarbon leak 2.7E-04 per year

2.6E-04

2.6E-05

1.3E-05

1.3E-05

2.3E-04

1.4E-05

1.2E-05

2.2E-04

1.4E-06

6.8E-07

6.8E-07

1.2E-05

6.1E-07

1.2E-05




171

Table-81 : Consequence Calculations For Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing

Sub Event Frequency

per year

Men in immediate

area

Prob of immediate

fatality


Men needing escape/

evacuation

Means of escape/

evacuation

Prob of fatality

Estm. Escape/

evac fatalities

Total fatalities

AFR

1 Small flash fire

1.3E-05 10 0 0 114 TR 0 0 0 0.0E+00

2 Short-lived jet flame

1.3E-05 10 0 0 114 TR 0 0 0 0.0E+00

3 Small gas cloud with high H2S or CO2 concentration

1.2E-05 10 0 0 114 TR 0 0 0 0.0E+00

4 Small gas cloud with low H2S or CO2

2.2E-04 10 0 0 114 TR 0 0 0 0.0E+00

concentration

5 Explosion 6.8E-07 10 0.5 5 109 H 1.3E-05 1.4E-03 5 3.4E-06

6 Jet flame 6.8E-07 10 0.1 1 113 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 1 6.8E-07

7 Gas cloud with high H2S or CO2 concentration

6.1E-07 10 0.1 1 113 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 1 6.1E-07

8 Gas cloud with low H2S or CO2 concentration

1.2E-05 10 0 0 114 H 1.3E-05 1.5E-03 0 1.7E-08

TOTAL AFR IRPA

4.7E-06 2.1E-08

Evacuation methods TR muster in TR (no evacuation required) H - muster in TR and evacuation


Chapter 7 :Additional Studies


172

7.2.2.2. Calculation of Individual Risk Per Annum (IRPA)

Event trees and consequence analysis will be used to evaluate the Annual Fatality Rate (AFR) for each major hazard

By their method of calculation these AFR’s provide a measure of the average risk between the drilling, maintenance and support populations on the Rig. They essentially weight each groups contribution to fatalities by exposure

All major hazard AFR’s will then be summed to derive a total AFR for the Rig

This figure is the average risk faced in one year by all personnel on the Rig and has been calculated assuming that the Rig always contains 30 personnel

However, workforce of 30*2 = 60 to maintain a constant 30 man workforce on the Rig for the whole year.

Hence the IRPA can be simplistically assumed to be (Total AFR / 60)

7.2.2.3. Analysis Results

The results of the risk analysis for the drilling in Achanta Block which are shown in Table 82.

Table-82 : Risk Results

Hazard No. Major Accident Hazard Individual Risk Per Annum (IRPA)

1 Blowout During Drilling 1.9E-04

2 Passing Vehicle collision 4.0E-06

3 Dropped Objects 4.7E-05

4 Structural Failure 7.6E-05

5 Non Process Fires 3.7E-05

6 Hydrocarbon Leaks During Well Testing

2.1E-08

TOTAL 3.54E-04

7.2.2.4. Comparison with ALARP Criteria

The total individual risk (IRPA) for the drilling operation in Achanta Block has been estimated to be 3.54E-04 fatalities per annum. This is within the ALARP region of less than 1.00E-03 but greater than 1.00E-05. The calculated fatality frequency for each individual hazard is also within the ALARP region with the exception of Vehicle Collision (4.0E-06) and Hydrocarbon Leaks during Well Testing (2.1E-08). Which are both in the ‘broadly acceptable’ region. IRPA's in the ALARP Region are tolerable but additional safeguards should be examined to ensure that an ALARP level is reached in practice and the risk further reduced using cost effective solutions.

7.2.2.5. Oil Spill Frequency

The event trees have identified a number of contributions to the release of hydrocarbons from the drilling unit. The safety impacts of these releases have been modelled in the consequence analyses; this section addresses their potential environmental impact taking account of the relative remoteness of Achanta Block from the coastline.




173

Hydrocarbon releases may arise from the drilling unit’s own equipment / tanks, equipment / tanks or from the hydrocarbon reservoir itself. The releases are categorised as follows:

Tier-1 – spills <10 tonnes: These releases are assumed to have only a small, local to the unit, impact and to be capable of being managed solely by the unit. Most spills in this category are likely to be sufficiently small to be dispersed naturally; the remainder assumed to have a limited oil spill response capability. Such incidents can arise from: spills of oils /lubricants; diesel spillages etc. Events resulting in such minor spillages are not conducive to QRA and therefore have not been modelled as part of this QRA.

Tier-2 – spills >10 to 100 tonnes: These incidents may not be capable of being managed entirely by the drilling unit and may require some limited outside support.

Table-83 : Initiating Events Leading To Tier-2 Oil Spill

Initiating Event (Major Accident Hazard) Hazard No. Annual Frequency

Dropped Objects 2 5.5E-03

Tier-3 – spills >100 tonnes These incidents, resulting from hydrocarbon releases from the reservoir, have the potential to impact a wider area and, particularly at the upper end of the range, to impact the coast no matter how remote from the shore the unit may be.

Table-84 : Initiating Events Leading To Tier-3 Oil Spill

Initiating Event (Major Accident Hazard) Hazard No Annual Frequency

Well Blowout1 1 4.4E-02

Leak During Well Testing 8 1.4E-05

NOTES: 1: Maximum volume = Open hole flow rate x days to plug well 2: Maximum volume assumes that down hole and top drive safety equipment fail to isolate the reservoir

This gives a total spill frequency for Tier 2 and Tier 3 for a drilling operation of 5.0E-02.

7.2.2.6. Recommendations

Recommendations are given in Table-84 for each of the risks within the ALARP region. Implementing these recommendations will ensure that the assumptions in the risk assessment are valid and potentially provide cost effective risk reduction measures. These constitute ‘best practice’ for operational control and would form part of an effective Safety Management System.

In addition recommendations have been made relating to preparedness for dealing with the risk of an oil spill during the drilling operation.




174

Table-85 : Recommendations for Drilling

Hazard No

Hazard Recommendation

1 Blowout During Drilling

Through control of the Drilling Contract including the use of Audit ensure that: The Rig is fit for purpose and fully certified Properly certified equipment is used e.g. BOP etc. The Drilling Contractor will be competent and will provide qualified

staff and supervision Emergency response and training is adequate

2 Passing Vehicle Collision

Ensure that there is adequate monitoring by Transporting team. Emergency exercises to include dealing with errant Vehicles

3 Dropped Objects

Through control of the Drilling Contract including the use of Audit ensure that: cranes are fully certified crane operators and banks men are competent hazardous areas are outside areas used for lifting

4 Structural Failure

Through control of the Drilling Contract including the use of Audit ensure that: the Rig is fully certified the Rig maintenance is adequate the Rig is operated within its design criteria

5 Non-Process Fires

Maintain awareness of crew of fire risks within accommodation and engine spaces

ALL

All oil spills resulting from the major hazards

The drilling oil spill planning requires: Response capability at the drill site. Some pollution control

capability back-up resources identified adequate training in Emergency Response

Proper zoning of the area is to be done to avoid cumulative fire scenarios. MSDS should be provided in the storage areas and clear demarcation of hazards is to be provided. Proper cementing and casing practices should be taken up. Diesel tanks of 2* 6KL are proposed in each drilling site, if the tanks are caught with fire the heat radiation will reach a distance of 100mts which will be well within the site premises. Automatic H2S gas detection system is to be made available near the well site to avoid fatality due to toxic gases. Heat radiation due to crude oil fire scenario will reach a distance of 326mts but immediate utilisation of BOP will decrease the distances of heat radiation. The proximity of DG sets may be an ignition source in case of any spillages. So safe distance should be maintained in between well and DG Sets




175

Figure-30: Drilling Site Plan

7.3. Emergency Response Plan 7.3.1. Objectives And Scope

The key objective of this Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is to outline the management, organisational arrangements and available facilities that will be utilised by PFH, in the event of an emergency situation arising during the proposed drilling activity in Achanta Block. The plan identifies the philosophy and approach for managing an emergency and provides an outline of the roles and responsibilities of key PFH and contractor staff for potential emergency scenarios identified as part of the rapid risk assessment conducted for the proposed drilling activity.

The plan should not include specific action items for controlling emergencies but provides a basis on which specific detailed emergency response procedures may be developed.

This section outlines the key elements of an Emergency Response Plan to support the drilling activity.

7.3.1.1. Emergency Response Organisation And Communication

Initial response to any incident will be managed on site. The overall level of response will depend on the nature and scale of the emergency.




176

Emergency incidents have the potential to impact both PFH (staff / reputation / schedule/ etc.) and the Drilling Contractor (staff / equipment / Rig / reputation / etc.) and require the involvement both PFH and the Drilling Contractors management. Hence there should be one ERP for the drilling operation that reflect the integration of both the PFH and Drilling Contractor’s response plans. Where necessary, bridging documents may be required to fully integrate aspects of the two companies response plans.

The initial response to all incidents should be managed by the drilling unit. The Drilling Contractor having most personnel at risk and most knowledge of the drilling unit should take the lead in managing the immediate response to the incident.

The specific structure and organisation of the ERP will be dependent on the location and capability of the Drilling Contractor but will typically consist of On Site Response Team (managed by Drilling Contractor with PFH support);

7.3.1.2. Identified Emergency Scenarios

The Emergency Response Plan (ERP) must be capable of managing the response to the major hazards, identified and any associated environmental risks. In addition the ERP must also address “occupational” hazards including incidents such as Single and multiple accidents requiring medical evacuation).

7.3.1.3. Emergency Classification

The required response will depend on the scale of the incident. Emergency scenarios are categorised into three levels, typically:

Tier-1 Incident (Local Alert) Tier 1 incidents require no external assistance and can be managed by the Emergency Co-ordinator using on site resources. Typical incidents may include:

Single casualty (medevac);

Oil spills <10 tonnes;

PFH equipment damage;

Tier-2 Incident (Site Alert) Tier 2 incidents cannot be managed entirely on site. PFH response is typically activated, Incidents may include:

Substantial security incident;

Multiple casualty (medevac);

Oil spill 10-100 tonnes ;

Substantial fire;

Cyclone/flooding;

Cultural conflict.

Tier-3 Incident (External Alert) Tier 3 incidents are major emergencies beyond site resources with the potential to impact beyond the site limit. External assistance is required and there is immediate mobilisation of PFH. Typical incidents may include:




177

Major fire / explosion;

Oil spill >100 tonnes;

Fatality. It should be noted that for any tier incident, when determining tiers for oil spills, the quantity of oil spilt is not the only factor. The environment potentially threatened by the oil is also considered in determining the tier of spill.

7.3.1.4. Emergency Response Activation

The level of callout to deal with an emergency needs to be defined and co-ordinated by PFH. The Emergency Response Contact directory will be updated before the actual commencement of drilling activity.

7.3.2. Disaster Prevention Methods

Effective emergency management should include both detailed emergency response measures and appropriate prevention measures. PFH will assure that the process for assessing potential contractors includes an assessment of each Company's safety record and arrangements for emergency prevention and response.

It may be necessary for the Contractor to demonstrate inter alia:

Properly documented EHS Management System

Competent personnel trained in disaster response duties

Appropriate detection equipment (gas detection including H2S, smoke detection, radar)

Suitable fire fighting equipment available and personnel properly trained in its use

Operational emergency alarm and PA system

Effective communication equipment including VHF Radio, V-SAT / INMARSAT, mobile VHF radios

All equipment required for emergency response undergoes routine maintenance and is regularly tested / calibrated

Detailed evacuation procedures including appropriate muster areas, escape routes including clear signs where appropriate. Personnel should be made aware of evacuation procedures through appropriate training.

Regular drills/exercises to test ERP’s

Regular review of Emergency Response Plans with modifications as required.

PFH is also having Operational Risk Management Committee

BOP of 10000 to 15000 PSI are utilised based on Rig capacity

Decommissioning Phase and Well Abandonment Management At the conclusion of the exploration-drilling program at each drilling site, an orderly withdrawal of all personnel and the removal of all drilling and testing equipment and non-fixed items from the drilling site will be undertaken.




178

Broadly, there are two such scenarios: In case that the well is completed when economic quantities of hydrocarbons are

found, the well will be left with a X-mas tree in place, and all drilling equipment and materials will be removed from the site. A Test Spread will be installed on location to monitor and record the production capabilities of the new well. If the test results are encouraging, a Production Facility will be required to be installed to handle the produced hydrocarbon. A MDPE 4” pipeline may also be required to be installed to evacuate the gas from the well to a nearby ONGC Gas Gathering Station.

In any other case the site will be cleared and refurbished to permit recovery to as near as possible the pre-existing local environment.

Temporary Suspension of Activities In the event that economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, all empty drums, wastes, used and unused drilling fluids, fuel and lubricants will be removed from the drilling site. Water supply and effluent discharge hoses and associated equipment will be removed.

Decommissioning Upon Abandonment In the event that no economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, a full abandonment plan will be implemented for the drilling sites in accordance with the applicable Oil Mines Regulation, 1984. The activities mentioned in the above section would apply to decommissioning upon abandonment as well, but abandonment would be more permanent. The overriding principle being that the environment should, with time, be reinstated to broadly its original condition. All concrete or steel installations would be removed to at least 1 m below ground level, so as to ensure that there are no protruding surface structures. In the unlikely event if soil is found to be contaminated, measures would be taken to remove or treat appropriately all contaminated topsoil to promote its remediation. PFH has accorded top priority to safety and protection of environment in the operational areas. The activities are oriented towards prevention rather than cure and conducted in such a way as to ensure:

Health and safety of its employees

Protect the environment

Optimal utilization of oil field equipment, instruments without leading to any health hazards.

Health, safety and environment (HSE) matters have given equal status with all other primary business objectives.

7.4. Health and Safety

The impact of drilling the development wells and operating the production facilities have been considered during site preparation, drilling, well testing and demobilization stages. A robust HSE Management Plan is proposed to be put in place so as to mitigate the negative impacts and the entire project is implemented in a sustainable way.




179

7.4.1. Occupational Health

An Occupational Health Management System is proposed to be kept in place aimed at promoting and maintaining physical, mental and social wellbeing to the highest degree among the personnel by monitoring their health and the state of the workplace. Occupational Health monitoring shall be made applicable to all the workers at all installations and work centers. Scope of activities The scope of activities include the following –

Personnel Surveillance: Periodic Medical Examination, Pre-Employment Medical Examination and Pre- Placement Medical Examination. Investigations will be carried out at authorized laboratories.

Workplace Surveillance: Monitoring of all workplaces for Hazards Ergonomic Assessment of the Workplace Sanitation Evaluation will be carried out including potability of Water

Educative Function: By imparting training in:

Occupational Health

Preventive Medicine

First Aid Training

Occupational Health Surveillance Program- Onshore operations comes under Mines Act, 1952 and as per Mines Act every person employed in a mine must undergo PME (Periodical Medical Examination) by an approved physician / Hospital at a reasonable periodic interval i.e.

For age up to 45 yrs - Once in 5 years

For age from 46 to 55 yrs - Once in 3 years

For ages above 55 yrs - Once every year The Operator herewith ensures that he will adopt all measures to safeguard the health of the employees.

7.4.2. Safety An effective Safety Management System will be put in place to prevent accidents, hazardous incidents and eliminate or minimize their consequences. Enforcement of Safety Safety shall be ensured through repeatedly highlighting its utility in preventing loss of life and property and providing training to employees on safe working. Following modes will be followed for this:

Work Permit System

Job safety analysis

Training of employees and contractors

Surprise checks




180

Drills

Operating manuals / Safety manuals Monitoring of Systems Following systems will be monitored regularly for effective implementation:

Checking of safety interlocks

Internal audits of facilities in line with OISD-STD-145

Management of change

Testing / Inspection of equipment

Checking of fire detection and protection system Safety Promotion Visuals play an important role in reminding personnel of safety information. Therefore, display of following information will be done in the premises:

Safety precautions for critical operations at strategic locations

Safety posters and slogans

Safety records

Do's and Don'ts at chemicals handling/storage/operation areas

Need for Wearing helmet and other Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs)

Labeling of chemicals

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

Safety manuals, Rules and Regulations

Safety News Letters & bulletins

Dissipation of incident information Work Permit In case, work is required to be performed on the Rig by any person other than the operating personnel of that area, a duly authorized written permit will be obtained by the person / agency executing the work before commencement of the work. Based on the nature, the work would be undertaken under different types of permits. For example, following jobs will be undertaken with the duly issued hot work permit: Cutting, Welding, Excavation, Road/Dyke cutting, Electrical lock out / Energising, Confined space entry, Boxing up of a vessel, Working on fragile roof structures, Radiography, Material Handling in operational areas, Crane operation etc. OISD-STD- 105 on Work Permit System will be adhered to regarding issuance of work permits. Safe Work Practices Safe Work Practices will be followed during drilling and production operations as given below: Drilling Operations Safety precautions during drilling operations involve Safety during Rig Building / Dismantling Systems Rig building operations involve dismantling of the structures in old location, transportation and erection of the same at new location. The job involves handling of heavy loads upto 20-




181

30 tons using various heavy material handling operations, transportation from location to location involves accidental risk and such transportation to be handled with extreme care. In Rig building the risks of accident are therefore involved in:

Use of heavy material handling equipment.

Transportation of heavy equipment from one location to another location. Rigging up operations involve risks associated with work at height, handling tools in awkward positions, danger of falling object on workers on the ground.

The recommendations listed below serve as a guide for minimizing hazards during Rigging up and dismantling operations.

Rig Dismantling

All sheaves and shafts of the hoisting system will be checked (zin poles, hoisting sheaves, equalizer sheave, crown block sheaves, traveling block sheaves). All the sheaves, bearings and bushings to be greased.

All the lifting ropes, casing lines and clamps fitted on lifting ropes will be checked. Lifting rope / bull line will be lubricated prior to lowering mast, draw works and sub-structure.

Draw works brake, eddy current brake, hydromatic brake will be checked.

Counter pre-loading tanks will be filled completely with water.

Required power availability to draw works will be checked.

Required normal working air pressure to hoisting clutch to be checked.

Zin poles or Mole trucks for dragging tanks and heavy equipment in slushy areas will be used.

All the threaded joints will be greased and the threaded ends will be covered by thread protectors to protect joints during transportation

Lifting hooks will be checked for any cracks or damage during lifting and loading.

Rigging Up

All sheaves and shafts of the hoisting system will be checked (zin poles, hoisting sheaves, equalizer sheave, crown block sheaves, traveling block sheaves). All the sheaves, bearings and bushings to be greased.

All the lifting ropes, casing lines and clamps fitted on lifting ropes will be checked. Lifting rope / bull line will be lubricated prior to raising mast, drawworks and sub-structure.

Check required power to draw works motor is available.

Check required normal working air pressure to hoisting clutch is available.

Safety pins will be used, check nuts on fastening devices.

Unauthorized personnel without safety kits on raised structures or platforms shall not be allowed.

Lifting rope shall be checked for kinks, damage due to any falling objects on wire rope. Check spelter sockets, clamps and wedge blocks for any damage or cracks before fixing the lifting ropes.

Quick release valves of draw works will be checked before hoisting the mast.

Proper load on the ammeters, load meter will be checked before raising the mast.

Persons not connected directly with the job shall be moved by at least 10 mts from the raising mast.




182

Everyone involved would know how to stop draw works in case of emergency.

Test Rig pneumatic system will be kept at a pressure 1.5 times more than working pressure.

Crown end of the derrick will be kept at level with the substructure to minimize strain on derrick/mast at the time of initial lift.

Workers will be told to always wait until the mast comes to a complete rest before going near a frame/ pedestal for fixing of stay bolts/pins.

No loose tools/ bolts or any other materials shall be left on the mast members while raising mast.

Mast will be raised to about 30 cms above the saddle, condition of the foundation bolts will be checked for any cracks, or any sinking of foundation itself. Lower back the mast, rest on the saddle and rise again.

Rising of mast shall be done in a slow speed in the lowest gear.

Derrick designed with guy ropes will be fastened with steel guy ropes. Each guy rope will have a separate dead end for anchoring. It will be ensured that guy rope is free of kinks, cuts or any other damage before using it and replace when such observations occurred.

Well Control Equipment General Considerations: The following consideration will be made when selecting well control equipment-

The equipment shall be selected to withstand the maximum anticipated surface pressure.

The blowout preventer stack shall consist of remotely controlled equipment capable of closing the well with or without the pipe in the hole.

Welded flange or hub connections are mandatory on all pressure systems as approved for threaded connections. In some areas, well control equipment suitable for sour service may be required, in such cases the complete high pressure BOP system shall consist of metallic materials resistant to sulphide stress cracking.

Kill lines will not be smaller than 2" nominal dia and shall be fitted with two valves and an NRV. Choke lines will not be smaller than 3" through bore and are to be connected with two valves to the BOP stack of which the outer valve shall be hydraulically operated. When kill and choke lines are employed, both lines willt not be smaller than 2" through bore and the outer valve of each line shall be hydraulically operated.

In the BOP stack, blind/shear rams shall be provided during drilling and work over operations. The blind/shear rams shall always be capable of shearing the drill pipe/tubing in use under No load conditions and subsequently providing a proper seal.

In the stack, the blind ram will be upper and pipe ram will be lower. This will facilitate to changing the blind ram to pipe ram in case of need and using lower ram as Master ram preventer.

Closing systems of surface BOPs will be capable of closing each ram preventer within 30 seconds, the closing time will not exceed 45 seconds for annular preventers of 20” and larger.

Closing systems of subsea BOPs will be capable of closing each ram preventer within 45 seconds. Closing time will not exceed 60 seconds for annular preventers.




183

All master and remote operating panel handles will be kept in the full open or closed position, and be free to move into either position, i. e. the shear ram operating handles will not be locked.

All spare operating lines and connections, which are not used in the system, will be properly blocked off with blind plugs at the hydraulic operating unit.

All 3 positions 4 way valves will be either in the open or close position, as required, they will not be left in the locked or neutral position.

Drill pipe safety valve (FOSV/ Kelly cock) shall be kept available at Rig floor, which can be conventionally fitted on drill pipe in case kick occurs during tripping Operations.

In case of other tubular in the hole, change over sub from Drill Pipe to that tubular will be available at Derrick Floor.

Casing and Cementation of Wells Casing of wells As drilling progresses, the well is lowered with casings of different length and diameter. The work of lowering the casing in a well will be carried out in accordance with the GTO/ plan. Casing lowering operations will be done very carefully. The following recommendations provide guidance in this respect:

The Rig I/C Tool pusher will familiarize himself with the inspection practices specified in the standards by the manufacturer.

Casing will be handled at all times on racks or wooden/metal surfaces free of sand, dirt etc.

Cleaning and visual inspection of casing threads will be done on rack and all casing pipes will be provided with thread protectors on the rack.

Floating equipment (float shoe, float collar) will be properly checked before installation.

Every joint will be drifted with a proper go-gauge.

Locking compound will be used for float shoe, float collar and bottom 3-4 singles.

In stabbing, casing will be lowered carefully to avoid damaging the threads.

Stabbing will be done vertically preferably with assistance of a man on the stabbing board.

Mast will be centered.

Slip and tong marks are injurious. Every possible effort should be made to keep such damage at minimum by using proper up to date equipments.

The length of the backup line of tong will be such as to cause minimum bending stresses on the casing.

Proper torque practices will be followed. Hydraulic tong will be used for proper make up/ torquing of joint. The tong will be provided with a reliable torque gauge.

In the initial stages of makeup, any irregularities of make up or speed of makeup will be observed, since these may be indicative of cross threads or damaged threads.

To prevent galling while making up, the connections will be made up at a speed not exceeding 25 rpm.

Filling of casing during running in will be closely monitored.

Casing will be lowered in the well smoothly to avoid surge pressures.




184

Mechanical aids will be placed on casing in accordance with the plan.

Circulating sub with kelly and casing connections will be available at the Rig floor prior to start casing.

Spiders are recommended for long casing strings and for heavier loads (preferably load more than 150 tons).

Last casing pipe on which BOP and safety equipment is to be installed will be lowered with matching nipple having good threads in order to avoid any gas or oil leakage.

Lowering of the last two pipes with mud circulation will be ensured with low speed.

During cementation, if any sign of activity in the well is noticed; appropriate protective measures will be taken to keep the well under control.

A safety clamp will be used when running the first joint of casing.

During running of casing, intermediate circulation needs to be made and minimum gelation will be ensured.

To get a good cement sheath, cement slurry will be kept heavier than mud by 0 .2 to 0.5 gm/cc.

Casing string will be rotated during cementation for perfect uniform cement bonding. Cementation of wells During the construction of a well, a steel pipe, known as “casing” is lowered into the drilled open hole, to prevent the hole from collapse and to create a conduit for the formation fluid to enter and brought to surface. The space between the steel pipe and the open hole, known as “annulus” is filled with a sheath of cement to provide support for the pipe string, as well as protect any part of the casing in contact with formation water from corrosion. The cement is placed as a slurry, designed & laboratory tested specifically for each well to provide the slurry with the required properties under the known down hole environment, eg.; pressure, temperature, formation fracture gradient, etc.. Thus, different cement additives are added to the slurry, either in a dry form with the bulk cement or by mixing in the mix water to obtain these desired slurry properties. The cement slurry is mixed, pumped and placed into the well annulus by a “Cement Unit”. The Cement Unit comprises of 2 diesel-engine powered high pressure Horizontal Triplex pumps, with accessories, such as; a Mixing Tub with an agitator, water tanks, piping and valves to allow the mixing of powered cement with water and additives to prepare a cement slurry with the required parameters for the specific well condition. The bulk cement, stored in silos is fed to the Cement Unit through pneumatic transfer. The required water, pre-mixed with the required cement additives is pumped to the Cement Unit by a centrifugal pump. The cement slurry is prepared & re-circulated in the Cement Unit until the desired slurry density is attained and then pumped down-hole by the Horizontal Triplex Pumps. The Cement Unit can be manually operated, or set on “automatic” to get the optimum slurry mix. The Cement Unit will be fitted with safety pressure relief valves and pressure gauges. The Safety measures for the cementing operations are specific for each stage of the operation. During the “Preparation Stage”, Dust Mask, Safety Goggle, Hard hat and Hand Gloves are standard PPE to be worn by personnel involved in the cutting of Cement sacks & cement additives sacks, and during the preparation of the Mix Water, including the liquid additives, as may be required. During the “Rigging-up of the Cement Unit” and tying-in to the suction and discharge hoses, caution is also to be made not to injure others as a number of personnel may be involved at this stage. The same caution is required during the




185

“Rigging-down of the Cement Unit”. During the actual “Slurry Pumping” stage, the operation involves displacing the slurry at high pressures. The Area of Operation is to be cordoned off and only the most essential of Personnel may be allowed. Failure of a steel discharge hose could cause fatalities, and all these lines are staked to the ground, and to be pressure tested to a x2 Safety Factor before start of any operation. Due to the nature of the operation, only personnel specifically trained & skilled in this specific operation are allowed to undertake this operation. Drilling Equipment Derrick and masts

Every derrick or mast will be of sound construction and adequate strength, be maintained in safe working order and will be adequately secured to prevent it from overturning because of wind velocity. Wherever required, guy ropes will be used and anchored properly as per the recommendations of the manufacturer.

Hoisting of the load must be done at a speed of less than 1 meter/sec. Departure and arrival of the load must be slow and gradual with no jerk.

No welding jobs on derrick member are allowed normally.

All bolt connections of derrick or mast will have lock nuts or split pins and spring washers.

Derrick /mast bolted type will be inspected at least once in a fortnight by the top man and he will particularly see whether the bolts are properly tightened and lock nuts or split pins and spring washers are secured in position. Similar checks on pin type derrick/mast will be made before spudding of well.

Once in every year, the welded joints of derrick/mast will be cleaned and examined for any defect. Such checks will also be made immediately after any untoward incident in the derrick that might affect its strength and Rig will carry test certificate from competent authority to this effect.

Draw works

The draw works on a rotary drilling Rig serves to either lift pipe and casing out of the well or lower into it. It is important that the draw works controls are designed, installed and maintained in such a manner as to provide a driller at his control panel complete visibility, rapid control of hoisting operations and adequate protection against moving equipment.

The drum shafts and keys of the draw works will be provided with suitable guards.

At the Driller’s control panel a suitable device will be provided to stop the draw works in case of an emergency.

Guards and covers

During Rigging up, guards and covers will be placed at least on moving shafts, engines and transmissions.

Open holes on floor must be covered to avoid accident.

When work is to be carried out at height exceeding 1.8 mts. for installation of rotary hose, BOP well head etc. a portable working platform with non-skid surface and hand rails will be used.

Guards and cover must be secured properly. Proper size of nuts and bolts with lock pin/check nuts will be used when guard or cover is at height.




186

Guards/Covers will be of proper size and shape.

A safety monitor system, which signals the potentially dangerous loss of control of brake excitation, shall be available.

Air Gap If there is corrosion in the air gap between the rotor assembly and the pole faces of the magnet assemblies due to the use of poor quality cooling water, this gap distance may gradually increase to a point where peak torque will be reduced. In making any field check of this gap distance, it is necessary to allow for any pitting and for any scale buildup to determine the effective gap distance. Any scale present does not provide an effective magnetic path so it must be deducted from the measurement. This air gap will be checked monthly. Overflow

In normal operations, water should never be coming out of this over flow. This overflow needs to be checked daily.

If the brake cooling water is shared with other remote machines, fresh water will be added to prevent acquiring too much acid content. Also add corrosion resistant chemicals as recommended by a water treatment specialist.

If iron oxide flakes off the magnet and rotor, the air gap is increased. This decreases the brake torque capacity. The air gap will be as listed in the specifications .If the air gap increases beyond 0.100 inch, brake will be returned to Baylor for rebuilding. Rust and scale will be removed before measuring the air gap.

Rotary Table The rotary table operating through drive bushings rotates the kelly and through it the drill string and the bit. It also serves as supporting table for the string and to screw and unscrew tool joints, connections of drill string, casing and tubing’s.

The rotary table gear, driving chains and sprockets will be securely guarded.

The Driller will not engage the rotary clutch without watching the rotary table. He must satisfy himself that persons are at a safe distance from the moving parts. The lock of the rotary table will not be used to arrest its motion.

Drilling crew must not put their foot on a moving rotary table. Periodical inspection and maintenance will be carried out as per operational procedure and be recorded.

Crown Block

Crown block assembly will be securely bolted.

The sheaves will be provided with metal guards where the clearance between the sheaves and its guards will not be more than half the diameter of the ropes so as to prevent the wire rope from jumping out of the sheaves.

The crown block will be inspected regularly and preventive maintenance carried out as per schedule and recorded.

It will not be lubricated while in motion. Traveling Block

The traveling block sheaves will be provided with suitable guards to prevent fingers of drilling crew being drawn into it during operations.

When any load is attached to the traveling block, it will not be left unattended.




187

When not in use, the traveling block will be kept as near as possible to the rotary table and the brake lever of the draw works will be securely locked to prevent any inadvertent movement of the traveling block.

Hook

Every drilling hook will be equipped with locking device, which will prevent the load from being accidentally disconnected from the hook.

The hook will be securely guarded during the round trip.

Elevator links will be securely latched with the hook by lock nuts or suitable pins. Kelly

The Kelly will be provided with Kelly cocks at its upper and lower ends. Kelly cocks are valves installed between swivel and kelly and also between kelly and drill pipes to control pressure, will a high pressure back flow of fluid occur, thus keeping the pressure off the swivel and rotary hose. The pressure rating of Kelly cocks will be greater than the expected bottom hole pressure in the well being drilled. The kelly cocks will be pressure tested before installation .The Kelly will not be lifted from its rat hole until the swivel bail is securely latched to the hook. The rat hole casing will be about 50 centimeters above the derrick floor.

The upper left hand threads of Kelly will be checked at regular intervals.

Any repairs to the swivel gooseneck or rotary hose will preferably be done when the Kelly is in the rat hole.

When drilling is in progress or string is in open hole, any repair of swivel or wash pipe will be done after pulling out the string in cased hole to avoid stuck up and keep the hole full with mud all the times to avoid the kick situation.

Rotary Hose

The ends of rotary hose will be fitted with safety chains or safety clamps will be of proper size, will be placed 18 " or less from the hose end. Hose will not be intentionally back twisted as it reduces the resistance of the hose to bursting and kinking or steel wire ropes to provide support in the event of failure of normal connection. The pump end of the hose will be secured with the derrick by a chain at least 1/2 " thick. Swivel end of the hose will be secured with a similar chain fastened to the body of the swivel. In no case will the chain be fastened to the swivel gooseneck because the gooseneck may break.

When circulating mud at high pressure, the drilling crew will remain at a safe distance from the rotary hose.

Tongs In drilling work, some of the most serious accidents are caused by the tongs used for making up or breaking out the pipes, drill collars and casings. Some of the recommendations for safe use of the tongs are as follows:

Make up and break out tongs will be used in pairs for tightening and loosening of pipe joints.

Tongs will be fitted with safety line of sufficient length to gain full benefit of pull from the break out cathead, but will be short enough to prevent complete rotation of the tongs.




188

The ends of tongs safety line will be secured with at least three wire line clamps.

Tong counter balance weight and lines will be adequately guarded to prevent accidental contact.

The tong latches will be kept clean and lubricated; its dies will be checked for wear. If tong dies are worn out, they will be immediately replaced.

Welded tongs will not be used.

When not in use tongs will be hooked back in the derrick corner.

The backup tongs will be snubbed either to the substructure or to anchor posts attached to it; it will not be snubbed to derrick leg.

The strength of safety line of tongs will be more than the pull or break out line strength of both the tongs.

Slips

Slips will be greased on its tapered side to facilitate its removal. Since a stuck slip handle can cause injury to hand or fingers

Slip handles will be lubricated.

To grasp the slips, the palms of the hands will face the drill pipes.

Slips of correct size will only be used.

In no case welded slips will be put into operation.

The slips will be inspected regularly using a straight edge to detect uneven wear or damage.

Downward motion of the pipe must be arrested with the draw work brakes and not with the slips.

Elevator

Elevators will be securely latched to the pipe as otherwise a pipe dropped may cause serious injuries to the drilling crew working at the derrick floor.

When latching an elevator in motion, the Rig crew will place their hand around the pipe only when the elevator has come to complete stop as otherwise it may result in injury to the hands.

The elevator hinge pin, hinge and latch mechanism will be lubricated for ease of operation.

When latching an elevator to a joint of pipe or casing lying in the “Vee” door, the Rig man will ensure that the elevator door is on the upper side of the pipe and it is securely latched to the pipe or casing.

Cat Heads and Cat Lines

If the shaft on which a cat head is mounted, projects beyond the guard or other moving parts of machinery, the shaft end or the key for securing the shaft, will be covered with a smooth thimble.

Cat head operated manually will be provided with a guide divider to ensure separation of the first wrap of cat line form subsequent wraps. Cat heads will have reasonably smooth surface.

When the cathead is in use, the driller will remain at the controls, carefully watching the lifting operations; he will be assisted by a signal man. In the event of any emergency, the driller will immediately stop the rotation of the cat head.

Damaged cat lines or jerk lines would not be used on a cathead and will be replaced.




189

The cathead operator will keep his operating area clear and will ensure that the portion of the catline not being used is kept neatly coiled or spooled.

When not in use, the catline will be neatly coiled and kept in a dry place. Spinning Chains

Spinning chains used for screwing and unscrewing of pipes will be of adequate strength, of proper length and be maintained in good condition.

It will be normalized and inspected periodically as per the recommendations of the manufacturer.

For smooth operation of spinning chains, roller guards mounted on bearings and fitted with grease nipples will be provided at the derrick floor and will be so positioned that the Driller, while at the controls, is not endangered due to the operations.

The roller guards will be regularly lubricated. Engines

Internal combustion engines of over 30 HP will be provided with means, other than manual, for starting them.

It will also be provided with a lock out device to ensure that the external source of power, if started in advertently when the engine is under repairs, does not result in any danger to persons undertaking the repairs.

All moving parts of the engine, which may pose danger to persons working in the vicinity eg. cooling fan, shaft ends, flexible drives etc will be provided with suitable guards.

The various compressed air cylinders shall be purged daily or even more often if necessary.

The exhaust system of the engine will be fitted with silencer and spark arrestors to prevent discharge of open flame and sparks from the exhausts unless the exhaust gases are otherwise cooled and conditioned.

The engine will be provided with emergency stop device and also fitted with a control at driller's control panel, so that the engine can be stopped manually during emergency.

Mud Pumps

The mud pumps provide fluids under high pressure to the drilling equipment and will be fitted with safety pressure relief valve and pressure gauge.

The relief valve will be set to discharge if the pressure exceeds 10% above the working pressure.

The discharge line from the pressure relief valve will be anchored and piped to a place where it will not endanger persons.

No valve will be installed between the pump and its safety pressure relief valve. The safety valves must be frequently checked and cleaned, principally after the pumps have been used for cementing.

The pump will also be provided with bleeder valve, so that if it is necessary to release pressure in the mud system during drilling operations, it could be released through the bleeder valve. For example, with the line under pressure if the kelly is to be opened, mud will splash on the derrick floor, unless the pressure is first released through the bleeder valve.




190

Prior to spudding of well mud pump manifold system must be tested at 1.5 times the working pressure of the system.

Production Operations In the Production facilities, separators, heater-treater, crude, storage tanks, effluent storage tanks, gas storage tanks, pipelines with associated valves, pumping equipment, gas flare stack system, and monitoring instrumentation make up the basic facility. The produced fluid is first passed through a 2 or 3-phase Separator. The gas phase is either flared of sold as Sales Gas. The liquid phase may be condensate, crude of a water/oil emulsion. This is passed through the Heater-Treater that assists in breaking down the emulsion at elevated temperatures. The separated water is sent to the Effluent Tank and the liquid hydrocarbon to the Crude Storage Tank. As there is always a presence of gas and crude, the facility is to be designed to address potential fire hazards, including Firewater Pumps, Fire Water Tank, Foam Generators, etc. Leakage from flow lines and also incoming and outgoing lines can result in oil spills/gas leakage. Any oil spill/gas leakage is to be rectified on priority. The safety hazards common to installation are as follows: Pressurized Vessels & Pipelines The safety valves, pressure gauges and liquid level controls of separators need frequent checks. The separator and its safety valves unless tested and maintained properly can result in bursting of separator with serious consequences. The safety valve will be tested once in six months Back flow of fluids from separator to wellhead can also be hazardous. Hydrate formation in production systems and well heads needs special attention by taking suitable remedial measures. Fire Hazards Flammable matter like oil and gas are constantly present and unless sources of ignition like naked lights, frictional sparks, electrical sparks, static electric charges, lightning, Overheated surfaces, are carefully controlled, fire could be a major hazard. In some cases, even auto ignition takes place. Accumulation of Oil Vapor Oil vapor which is heavier than air tends to settle down and accumulate near loading and unloading point for road tankers, open pits containing accumulation of oil and around storage tanks, particularly during winter. The accumulated oil vapour can be easily ignited and may even explode. In a confined space, they tend to make the atmosphere leaner in oxygen content-confined to difficulty in normal breathing (asphyxiation) and/or adverse physiological effects (with more than 0.1% concentration of hydrocarbons). Explosion Hazard Large quantities of gas released from separators is generally piped away from the installation and flared, but in case the flare is extinguished, large quantities of unburnt gas is discharged into the atmosphere, which may lead to an explosion. Pyrophoric iron sulphide in lines and vessels can also cause an explosion when coming in contact with air.




191

Safe practices Recommendations listed below will provide guidance for safety in the light of hazards mentioned above. Separators, Heater-Treater and Pipelines

Separators, connecting lines, valves, flow lines and collector lines will be hydraulically tested to one and half times the maximum working pressure and the installation will not be commissioned unless the test results are satisfactory.

Separators, heater treater, bath heaters and other pressure vessels will be periodically hydraulically tested once in 3 years at 1.5 times the max permissible working pressure and a record will also be maintained thereof.

Thickness measurements of all pressure vessels will be done at least once in 3 year.

Every separator will be provided with a safety valve. The pressure leaving safety device shall be set to open at a pressure not exceeding 10% of the maximum allowable working pressure.

The safety valve will be installed directly on the separator and no valves will be fitted between the vessel and the line connecting the safety valve. Every safety valve will be provided with an arrangement for testing its efficiency.

Suitable working platforms with stair cases and hand rails will be provided for maintenance of separators and its safety valves. The discharge line of every safety valve will be connected to the flare line for safe disposal of gas released from it.

Safety valves of the pressure vessels like separators, scrubbers, heater treaters etc. will be tested at least once in six months and record thereof.

At the header manifold, a non-return valve will be provided in each flow line connected to well.

In each flow line, an emergency shut-off valve will be installed on the upstream side of the non- return valve, which can be closed manually in case emergency.

At the overhead crossing of a steam pipeline, a condensate trap will be provided just before such crossing, otherwise the condensate may cause severe hammer in the pipeline.

A steam trap will also be provided in the pipeline immediately before it enters the storage tank.

Thermal insulation with asbestos rope will be provided in the exhaust pipes of bath heater and heater treater at least up to a height of 1.8 meters from ground level.

Process areas like separators platform, heater treater area, pump house, tank farm etc. will have free passage for safe working of operators. In case of interference by pipelines, in the free movement of operator, suitable walk ways will be made.

Precautions against Fire

Smoking is strictly prohibited inside the production installation. Prohibitory sign for these precautions will be displayed at the gate on the panel board. Anybody entering the Rig if carrying any smoking apparatus like cigarettes, matches and lighters etc. must deposit the same at the gate.

Emergency exit : In an enclosed area, before undertaking any operation, it will be ensured that there are at least two escape ways, unobstructed and easily accessible,

Hand tools used for loosening or tightening etc. It will be of non-sparking type.

The following precautions will be taken to prevent electrical spark:




192

In every zone-1 hazardous area, only intrinsically safe flame-proof electrical apparatus and equipment(s) will be used, whereas in every zone-2 hazardous area, only flame-proof or increased safety or pressurized electrical apparatus and equipment will be used.

RIG will be protected against lightning by suitable lightning arresters which will be installed as per I.S. standards. (IS: 4850-1968)

- Lightning arresters will not be installed directly on storage tanks.

While loading and unloading oil in road tankers, its engine will be stopped and battery isolated from the electric circuit. The engine will not be re-started and the battery will not be connected to the electric until all tanks and valves have been securely closed.

At the loading arm, all oil pipelines, filling and delivery hoses, metallic loading arm, swivel joints, tank and chassis of tank vehicle will be electrically continuous and be efficiently earthed.

Overheated surfaces can cause fire. The probable sources are, the discharge line of compressed air at high pressure, exhaust pipe of diesel and gas engines, chimneys of the emulsion heater treater, water bath heater and steam lines going to storage tanks.

- The chimneys will be adequately insulated. The compressed air discharge lines will be connected to inter-coolers with automatic temperature recorder alarm, which will sound a warning if the temperature exceeds the prescribed limit.

- In case of diesel engine, the exhaust gas will be conditioned so as to reduce its temperature.

Hot work permit will be issued to the concerned persons by shift In-charge with approval from area In-charge, prior to commencement of any hot job inside the installations.

Efficient earthing of all vessels and equipment will be done to take care of static charges. Earthing connections will be checked every year and measured values will be recorded in a register. Earthing pits will be clearly marked for inspection.

Spillage of flammable liquids will be minimized to mitigate risk of fire and will be immediately cleaned.

All firefighting equipment will be maintained in good condition.

Electrical control room, switch gear room, computer room etc. will be maintained in good condition. There will be rubber mats in electrical control room and switch gear room and cables will be properly led in trenches. Lighting fixtures will be permanent and no hanging wires or naked bulbs are permitted. There will not be-any leakage of water from ceiling in electrical control room and switch gear room. Starter panels of all equipment will be in good condition and rear doors will be closed when equipment are in operation.

Use of electrical equipment including lighting fitting is prohibited in zone-0 hazardous area. Flame proof and intrinsically safe lighting fitting/equipment will be used in Zone-I and Zone-2 hazardous area as per IS - 2148 - 1968 and IS - 8289 - 1976 and IS - 2206 - 1976.

Vessel entry permit is to be issued by area in-charge with due approval of mines manager prior to taking up cleaning / maintenance jobs in any vessel.

Fire hydrants, water sprinkler system, foam lines of storage tanks will be inspected regularly to ensure their smooth functioning.




193

Regular inspection of well head fittings is to be carried out for any leakage of gas/oil. To prevent unauthorized entry to the wells, periodical inspection of fencing is to be done.

Flammable material will be kept away from source of heat and stored in suitable cans and at proper place.

All electrical equipment and fittings will be maintained properly.

First aid items will be maintained properly.

Regularly removal of accumulated waste material like dry vegetation is to be ensured.

Routine maintenance of all machinery will be ensured.

Close supervision of premises at all times is to be ensured.

There will be proper drainage system in process areas. Necessary sumps will be available in all critical areas like pump house, storage tanks, separator platforms etc. to collect and recover spilled oil.

Water supplies will be adequate.

Prohibitory caution signs will be displayed at all critical places.

All the wells will be clearly marked for easy identification. Precautions against Accumulation of Oil Vapor Loading and unloading points and open pits into which oil is discharged are the possible locations where oil vapors may accumulate. It may also accumulate near the storage tank. Regular checks with explosive meter will be made for presence of flammable vapors, particularly in the night hours and in winter months. Whenever any dangerous accumulation of flammable vapors is observed, immediate steps will be taken to remove such accumulation by arranging adequate ventilation in the area. Suitable air blowers may be used for the purpose. Disposal of Gas through Flare System

As far as practicable, the flare line will be laid below ground. It will be provided with a bleeding valve and a knock-out drum to drain condensate from the line. In case of any overhead crossing, the bleeding valve will be located immediately before such crossing on the upstream side. Regular draining of the flare line is essential, as otherwise accumulation of liquid in the line may restrict passage and create a back pressure at the separators which may in turn lead to failure of the system.

The flare line will terminate with a vertical riser pipe of not less than 9 meters in height.

When the gas flow is intermittent, the flare line will be provided with a pilot burner with remote control electrical ignition device to ensure that the pilot burner is continuously lighted.

At the flare stack, a water seal drum will be provided to prevent ingress of air into the flare line.

Leakage of gas if any in flare line and in flare stack will be attended on priority.

There will not be any seepage of effluent from effluent evaporation pit located in gas flare area.

Effluent evaporation pit will be prepared with suitable masonry boundary wall and asbestos enclosure to prevent seepage and transmission of heat respectively.

Passage to flare area will be kept accessible and free from dry vegetation.




194

Safe distances

Smoking is strictly prohibited within 30 meters of any well, separator, petroleum storage tank or other sources of flammable gases.

No naked light or open flame or spark will be permitted within 30 meters of any well or any place where petroleum is stored.

No flame type, crude oil treater or other flame type equipment will be placed within 30 meters of any well, separator, petroleum storage tank except where such flame type equipment is fitted with a flame arrester.


Chapter - 8:Project Benefits


195

8. PROJECT BENEFITS

The project benefits are summarized below based on the demand and growth of the country 8.1 Benefits for the Country

India's demand for petroleum products is growing at a rapid rate, having virtually doubled from 30 million tons in 1980-81 to about 70 million tons in 1995-96 to 155 million tons in 2006-07. The oil and gas sector is among the six core industries in India and plays a major role in influencing decision making for all the other important sections of the economy. In June 2015, total crude oil imports were valued at US$ 8.7 billion. In FY 2014, imports accounted for more than 80 per cent of the country’s total oil demand With India developing gas-fired power stations, consumption is up more than 160 per cent since 1995. Gas consumption is likely to expand at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 21 per cent during FY 2008–2017. With a view to meet this growing demand, the new hydrocarbon policy aims at encouraging investments in oil/gas exploration and production. Current projections for demand and supply indicate that the level of self-sufficiency is likely to decline to about 30% over the next few years. Subsequently, the Govt. of India further encouraged investment in this industry by offering already previously discovered small fields that not found to be viable for further development by the present Operator, to other parties, under the Discovered Small Field Policy. This Contract Area was offered under this DSF Policy and awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. under the DSF-1 Round of bidding held in 2016. Substantial efforts are, therefore, necessary to boost the level of exploration activity in the country so that new reservoirs can be identified to significantly enhance production of crude oil and gas in the years to come. India today remains one of the least explored regions with oil Well density per thousand sq. km being among the lowest. It is also evident that large amounts of capital investments are necessary if exploration efforts are to be substantially augmented. It is therefore required to attract both the national as well as, private sector oil companies to invest in this critical area.

8.2 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure The beneficial impact of hydrocarbon development on the civic amenities will be substantial after the commencement of project activities. The basic requirement of the community needs will be strengthened by extending health care, educational facilities to the community, building/strengthening of existing roads in the area. PFH will initiate the above amenities either by providing or by improving the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities. The construction of new roads in the project area will enhance the transportation facilities. With improved transportation facilities there is always a scope for development.




196

8.3 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure

Generation of employment: The project will create opportunities for direct and indirect employment;

Increase in purchasing power and improved standard of living of the area; Establishment of small and medium scale industries may be developed as

consequence; Increased revenue to the state by way of royalty, taxes and duties; Regular Fund flow to local market; Overall Growth of the neighboring Area viz.:

o Agriculture and Animal husbandry; o Health and family welfare; o Watershed development; o Sustainable livelihood and strengthening of village Self Help Groups; and o Infrastructure development.

In addition to above, due to increase in purchasing power of local habitants: There shall be significant change in the socio-economic scenario of the area; The proposed project shall enhance the prospects of employment; Recruitment for the unskilled and semiskilled workers for the proposed project will

be from the nearby villages; The basic amenities viz., roads, transportation, electricity, proper sanitation,

educational institutions, medical facilities, entertainment, etc. will be developed as far as possible; and

Overall the proposed project will change living standards of the people and improve the socio-economic conditions of the area.

8.4 Employment Potential The impact of the project on the economic aspects can be clearly observed. The proposed project activities will provide employment to persons of different skills and trades. The local population will be given preference to employment. The employment potential will ameliorate economic conditions of these families directly and provide employment to many other families indirectly who are involved in business and service oriented activities. The employment of local people in primary and secondary sectors of project shall upgrade the prosperity of the region. This in-turn will improve the socio-economic conditions of the area. During construction phase of the project, this project will provide temporary

employment to many unskilled and semi-skilled laborers in nearby villages; This project will also help in generation of indirect employment to those people

who render their services for the personnel directly working in the project; In case the hydrocarbon is established in the block, considerable number of

people will be benefited by provision of services to the residents in for of employment opportunities. Thus, the direct and indirect employment generation by this project.




197

The present trend of out migration for employment is likely to reduce due to better economic opportunities available in the area. During the construction phase about 50 people on average per day will be employed.


Chapter - 9:Cost Benefit Analysis


198

9. COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Cost benefit analysis was not carried because of its not described in Terms of Reference (ToR).


Chapter – 10: Environmental Management Plan


199

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Preamble This chapter provides a description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigative measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA. Based on the evaluation of impacts and baseline conditions, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been delineated to mitigate the adverse impacts. The EMP includes formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental protection measures. The EMP features guidelines and methodologies to be adopted at different stages of the proposed project for mitigating the impacts of various activities. The EMP is herein outlined after taking into account the various Acts, Rules and Regulations/Standards concerned with the environmental management.

10.2 EMP during Various Project Phases

Environmental Management Plan of the project during operation phase details the environmental quality control measures which will be taken up and which are proposed by complying with the stipulated standard limits specified by CPCB and State Pollution Control Board. Environmental Management Plan which will be implemented is detailed under the following heads.

Air Pollution Control

Noise Mitigation

Wastewater Management

Solid Waste Management

Implementation of EMP and Monitoring Program

10.3 Environmental Policy of the Company

ONGC has a well laid Environment Management Systems (EMS) and contingency plans and processes that help them in preventing, mitigating and controlling environmental damages and disasters, which may be caused due to their operations or that of a member of its value chain.

10.4 Organization Structure - EHS & Safety

A dedicated team at site will be responsible to ensure project operations with due reference to environment management and the Safety of the workers.

10.5 Audit and Review Review and audit is essentially a management tool. However, its application is crucial at the operational level for verification and feedback on the effectiveness of organization system and environmental performance. Basically, Auditing involves in the following items:

Line management system




200

Awareness and training

Procedures: standards, targets

Plans: waste, contingency, pollution control compliance

Monitoring programmes

Verify Environmental Impact Assessment

Verify mitigation

Reporting and communication

Documentation

Feedback Internal Audit A system of HSEC auditing should be undertaken at each project operation and includes the use of trained internal and external auditors. In addition, auditing should be undertaken to ensure compliance with all the applicable legislations. Audit Type Frequency

Internal – from other site in-charge Every month

External - independent expert Every 3 months PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd shall depute internal/external auditors who are trained and certified as competent EMS auditors by an independent and external standards organisation. The results of monitoring and auditing shall be regularly reported through the senior management team to ensure that action items are addressed. Non-Conformity, Corrective Action and Preventative Action As per the Environmental Policy of the Company, non-conformities, corrective actions and preventative actions shall be managed in accordance with Non-Conformance, Preventative and Corrective Action Procedure. This procedure, which relates to all projects of the company, should detail the processes to be utilised with respect to the identification of non-conformances, the application of appropriate corrective actions(s) to address non-conformances and the establishment of preventative actions to avoid non-conformances. The key elements of the process include: i. Identification of Non-Conformance and/or Non-Compliances; ii. Recording of Non-Conformance and/or Non-Compliance iii. Evaluation of the Non-Conformance and/or Non-Compliance to determine specific

corrective and preventative actions; iv. Corrective and preventative to be assigned to responsible person and v. Management Review of corrective actions to ensure the status and effectiveness of

the actions. Management Review A comprehensive review of the objectives and targets associated with the individual Project of the company shall be undertaken. These reviews, which include involvement from the senior site management and other key site personnel, assess the performance of the plant over the previous year and develop goals and targets for the following period.




201

Maintenance of Records Environmental monitoring program will be carried out by approved agency. The monitoring reports for every season will be regularly submitted to Regional Office of MoEF&CC. Also, one copy of the monitoring report will be kept in site office. The health records of the workers will be kept in siteoffice as well as with the Doctor appointed for the purpose. All the records will be properly kept and maintained by the management.

10.6 Air Environment

All the equipment operated during various stages of the proposed drilling project will be used within specified design parameters. Well testing (flaring) will be undertaken and to minimize impacts of emissions, minimizing the duration of testing through careful planning has to be achieved.

10.7 Noise Environment Adequate noise mitigation measures, especially for rig and DG set operations have been proposed and the same will be monitored at site. It is recommended that while procuring major noise generating equipment such as diesel generators etc. it will be checked that all mufflers are in good working order and that the manufacturers have taken the normal measures for minimizing the noise levels. Use of ear muffs/plugs and other protective devices must be provided to the workforce in noise prone areas. Enclosures around noise sources may be provided depending on the size of the unit.

10.8 Water Environment The water requirement in a drilling rig is mainly meant for preparation of drilling mud apart from washings and domestic use. While the former consumes the majority of water requirement, the water requirement for domestic and wash use is very less. In the present project proposal, the daily water consumption will be around 25 KLD of which 20 KLD will be used for drilling purposes including mud preparation and other process and 5 KLD will be used for domestic purposes including drinking.

Wastewater handling The operating personnel in the drilling rigs will operate from Drill Site Accommodation (DSA) in the vicinity of the location. Suitable soak pits is to be made be available at the DSA with for handling domestic wastewater. 8 KLD of wastewater is likely to be generated during well drilling. Wastewater characteristics would be of varied nature and likely to contain Soil particulate matter along with organics. The treatment scheme shall comprise of treating the raw effluent with chemicals such as alum and lime to facilitate desired coagulation and flocculation. Adequate settling time is to be ensured for the removal of the separated solid material. The treated waste water shall be reused during drilling operations. Garland drains are made to collect all waste water into the waste pit and drill site construction is such that storm water is not allowed to mix.




202

Management of Flow back liquid after Hydro-Fracturing job Presently the requirement of stimulation of the target formation by hydraulic fracture operation has not been identified, and may not be required during the production phase of the well. However, if so required by the formation performance in the future, appropriate methodology shall be adopted keeping in view the volumes, type and the composition of the flow back liquid used for HF and the same shall be suitably treated and disposed off as per the statutory norms.

10.9 Land Environment All precautions will be taken to avoid spillages and leakages of chemicals. All types of wastes will collect adequately and stored for disposal as per regulatory norms. The contaminated Soil will also be collected and disposed as per regulations. Treated solid wastes, which have to be disposed on land, will be made on adequately prepared waste pits. Soils in the region have high infiltration rates amenable to groundwater pollution. Considering this fact and poor ground water quality, every precaution needs to be taken to avoid spillages of chemicals on Soils to avoid further deterioration of groundwater quality and danger to Soil microbial populations in Soils which are sensitive to hydrocarbon. The top soil generated at drill site can be used either for land filling or road making, if required. A separate platform at a corner of drill site can be made for its dumping and used for restoration.

10.10 Waste Management Plan (WMP) The Waste Management Plan (WMP) will cover disposal of all wastes with further reference to offsite disposal of those wastes, which cannot be dealt with onsite. The objectives of the WMP are:

To provide the necessary guidance for the reduction and management of wastes generated on drilling site.

To comply with all current Indian environmental regulations.

To meet industry standards on waste management and control.

To prevent occurrence of any environmental degradation within the locality due to waste handling.

Disposal Options

The following disposal options needs to be available on site. However, it will be necessary to evaluate the suitability of various waste specific technologies for the site and select an option that will cause minimum environmental impact on the surrounding:

Landfill: Non-hazardous inert drill cuttings and waste residual mud shall be disposed off by spreading, drying and covering as per the guidelines (Waste mud and drill cuttings disposal plan).

Offsite Disposal: Wastes which cannot be handled at the drilling site will be removed to a designated offsite and suitably disposed for reuse/recycling etc.

Produced Hydrocarbon Flaring: Only gas produced during well testing will be flared via a conventional burner system during initial testing.




203

Sewage Disposal: A sewage disposal system needs to be established in the campsite during the drilling operation. Being a temporary activity the sewage will be diverted to septic tank or soak pit.

The treated liquid waste can be used, where possible, for agriculture purposes.

Table-86 : Classification Of Wastes Generated During Proposed Drilling Activity And

Disposal Options

Waste Reduction, Reuse & Recycle Waste reduction efforts shall concentrate on reuse, recycling, minimization of

packaging material, reduction in size of waste material and finally reduction of time spent on location via optimization of drilling efforts.

Plastic containers, especially those used for fluid and cementing chemicals, are prime targets for use as water containers. As some of these may contain substances, which can be harmful to humans, care will be taken to ensure that they




204

are not removed from the drilling site intact. In general, after emptying chemical containers, which did not contain any substances, containers will be punctured and eventually compacted and sent for disposal.

Chemical drum containers will be fully emptied, labeled with contents and removed offsite for further handling and disposal.

Used medical wastes, inclusive of but not limited to bandage material, syringes etc., will be collected in a special collection drum to minimize manual handling. Contents of the drum will be labeled as biomedical waste and shipped offsite for treatment/ disposal.

Waste and lubricants generated in the drilling process will be sent to authorized recyclers. All spent lead acid batteries are to be sent for recycling to authorized waste contractors.

All waste storage area within the site will have proper bunds to prevent any escape of contaminated runoff. It shall be ensured that any runoff from such temporary storage area will channelized into the waste-water pit, adequately treated and discharged in compliance with the regulatory requirements.

10.11 Site Security All corners of the site will be secured by fencing. A security guard will be deploy at gate entry point 24X7. The duties of the security at gate are prevent unauthorized entry of persons/ vehicles inside the site boundary and also to ensure no abnormal activity by unauthorized persons is allowed.

10.12 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Protection and EMP Cost

Budgetary Allocation for Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be Rs.20 Lakhs for each well & Recurring cost for EMP is Rs.5 Lakhs. Funds allocated towards Entrepreneur Social Responsibility (ESR) is 15 Lakhs for Each Well.

10.13 Storage and handling of material and spoils

The contractors employed for site preparation shall carefully handle soil, sub-soil, and top soil; and store solid powdery raw materials properly in order to minimize the risk of windblown materials and dust. In addition, work instructions shall be given for handling fugitive dust emissions that may be generated. All loading and unloading activities shall be carried out as close as possible to the storage facilities. Dry cement handling would be enclosed to the extent possible. It will be ensured that lids of all containers containing volatile substances/chemicals are properly fitted. All chemical and fuel storage areas will have proper bunds so that contaminated run-off cannot escape into the storm water drainage system. Personal protective equipment shall be provided to all the workers involved in handling of hazardous materials.

10.14 Plantation Activities Plantation Technique and Care

Plantation of tree species required approx. 1m3 pit for Soil enrichment




205

Pit should be filled with imported Soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention

Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in 2 or 3 days for a period of two years

Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months

Plantation Monitoring Protocol

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, Soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth stage.

Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain matured tree stage.

Any damage to the saplings / plantation due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and maintained by the agency.

10.15 Socio-economic Development Activities

PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd works proactively and may execute/implement CSR initiatives alone or in partnership with other organizations (which may include Government Agencies/Non-Government Agencies) to mobilize core competencies and resources on significant long term CSR programs and projects in its operational areas. PFH shall undertake its CSR initiatives under various key thrust areas.


Chapter – 11:Summary and Conclusions


206

11. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 has been awarded to PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd by Govt. of India during the Discovered Small Field Round “DSF-2016”. The total allocated area of the Contract Area is 9.63 sq.km. This Contract Area was explored by ONGC in year 1993 but did not put into production as it was not economically viable for them. ONGC have drilled one well during exploration phase named as “ACH-1” in year 1993. Thereafter the well was temporarily abandoned. PFH Oil & Gas Pvt. Ltd. proposing to work over of the temporarily abandoned ACH-1 well (sweet gas) and drill an additional 5 appraisal/development well in the Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 for developing the hydrocarbon prospects and the laying of a gas pipeline (with associated facilities) connecting the production wells to nearest ONGC GGS. As per the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006, the proposed development drilling project falls under 'Category A' of project or activity type 1(b).

11.1 Location Details of the Project

Onshore Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 is located in Achanta & Kodamanchilli Villages, Achanta Mandal, West Godavari District, Andhra Pradesh. Palakollu Railway Station is at a distance of about 11.5 km Southwest and Rajahmundry Airport is around 52 km Northeast from the project area. Achanta Contract Area coordinates are presented in Table-87.

Table-87: Achanta Block Coordinates

11.2 Importance of the Proposed Project India is not among the major producers of crude oil, as it doesn't have much oil reserves. Therefore, India generally depends on imports of crude oil from other countries. About 70 to 75% of oil and 65 to 70% of natural gas consumed in India is imported from other countries. There is a heavy imbalance between oil production and consumption in India. The Indian government is encouraging exploration and

POINTS CO ORDINATES


D M S D M S

A 81 48 00.4268 16 35 18.7784

B 81 49 06.0621 16 35 38.9487

C 81 50 39.5199 16 35 39.5572

D 81 50 39.2251 16 37 08.3797

E 81 49 39.0365 16 36 58.4216

F 81 48 38.0816 16 36 28.3377

G 81 47 58.7447 16 35 35.3024




207

production of oil and gas to a great extent. This would primarily allow India to tap its own resources there by reducing its import bill. Discovery of viable hydrocarbon reserves in the state can boost the state's economic development to a great extent. It would also catalyse influx of industries in the state. The proposed exploration project is thus of immense significance for the state.

11.3 Details of Development Drilling Operation The site will be sized to contain all equipment and buildings, storage, workshops, etc. using distances between various rig components in line with existing rules and regulations for the area of operation and the approved standard operating procedures of the drilling contractor. Operation will be carried out in accordance and guideline prescribes by Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) and international standards. Waste will be disposed by state register agencies. Proper program of the operations will be prepared and shared to Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD)/ Directorate General of Hydrocarbons (DGH) prior to starting operation for review and guidance. Details of the operation will be sent to DGH/OISD in regular basis. Within the above constraints, the site shall be sized to minimize environmental impact. The approximate area of well site is dependent on the type of drilling equipment deployed which in turn is dictated by the planned depth of drilling of 2000 m.

11.3.1 Infrastructure Requirement

The Contract Area is well connected to village roads. NH-5 located 6.3 km & NH-214 is located 7.1 km from the block boundary. The nearest railway station is Palakollu at a distance of 11.5 km, Rajahmundry airport is located 52 km from site. Drilling is a temporary activity which will continue for about 2-3 months for each well. The rigs are self-contained for all routine jobs.

11.4 Baseline Environmental Status Environmental monitoring has been carried within the e10 km radius of Achanta Contract Area as a centre, during winter season (December 2017 to February 2018).

11.4.1 Land Use Studies The land use pattern of the Contract Area KG/ONDSF/ACHANTA/2016 is prepared by using IRS P6 Resourcesat-2 LISS IV FCC (False Colour Composite) of latest data of 5m Spatial resolution, Path 103 Row 61, Date of acquisition 10 DEC 2017 & various secondary sources.

LULC Classification

Sl.No LULC Class-I LULC Class-II Area in Hectares

1 Agricultural land Crop land(Single/Double Crop) 735

Plantation 74

Fallow land 42

2 Built Up Land Rural land 98




208

11.4.2 Soil Quality The soil samples were tested at 4 locations during winter season covering various land uses. It was observed that the soil in the study area is predominantly of sandy soil type. The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.26 to 7.24 indicating the slightly alkaline in nature. 0.01 to 0.02 % organic carbon and 0.02 to 0.03 % organic matters, OM is calculated from organic carbon estimation. As per crop requirements the soils are more than sufficient in organic matter content.

11.4.3 Meteorology Hot subtropical climate conditions prevail in the block area. The summer season extends from March to May followed by southwest monsoon season, which lasts till September. October and November constitute the post monsoon or retreating monsoon season. December to February months experience cold weather condition. The average rainfall of the study area & its surroundings for the last 5 years (2013 to 2017) is 1055 mm. The Central Monitoring Station (CMS) equipped with continuous monitoring equipment was installed at Achanta. The temperature in the range of 15°C to 36°C was recorded at Achanta. A review of the wind rose diagram shows that the wind blows are predominantly from NE direction during winter season.

11.4.4 Ambient Air Quality To establish the baseline status of the ambient air quality in the study area, the air quality was monitored at 6 locations during winter season. The 98th percentile of PM10 and PM2.5 values ranged between 39.7-54.3 µg/m3 and 20.5-24.7 µg/m3 respectively during the study period. The 98th percentile of SO2 and NOx, values ranged between 8.4-14.7 µg/m3 and10.1-16 µg/m3 respectively. The levels of HC were observed to be low in all monitoring locations. VOCs were observed to be in insignificant quantity. From the analysis of the monitored data, it infers that the air quality levels in the study area are of fairly good quality and comply with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

11.4.5 Water Quality The baseline water quality status in the region is established by analysing about 4 ground water samples and 4 surface water samples during winter season. Ground water quality in the region is complying with the prescribed limits as per IS: 10500-2012. Hardness of the ground water samples is ranging between 165 - 395 mg/l water samples are within the permissible limits. pH of the ground water samples

3 Water Bodies Rivers/Streams/Canals 14

Total Area in Hectares 963




209

is ranging between 7.42 to 7.7 water samples are within the acceptable limits & TDS of the ground water samples is ranging between 878 mg/l to 2234 mg/l water samples are within the permissible limits.

11.4.6 Ambient Noise Levels

The day and night equivalent noise levels observed in 4 locations during the study period are 24 dB (A) and 48 dB (A) respectively, indicating ambient noise levels within the standards suggested by CPCB. The day and night equivalent noise levels observed in the residential areas during the study period are ranging between 28.3 to 40.5 dB (A) and 29 to 32 dB (A), which are within the standards suggested by CPCB. Noise generating activities are limited due to only farming and general anthropogenic activities in the villages.

11.4.7 Ecological Environment

An ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference to the listing of species and assessment of the existing baseline ecological (Terrestrial and Aquatic ecosystem) conditions in the study area. Block area mainly consists of agriculture area with Coconut plantation and other habitats like water bodies and drains / channels. Agriculture is the major land use of the block area followed by water bodies. Biodiversity database of the region reveals the presence 34 species of trees, 32 species including herbs, climber & grass species while shrubs reported with 8 species from various habitats. Since the site is surrounding area mainly encompasses agriculture area and water bodies / ponds, common faunal species are expected from the site and vicinity. Among reported birds from the region, Painted Stork enlisted in the Near Threatened (NT) IUCN category, similarly 2 species i.e. Hill Myna and Peafowl enlisted in the Schedule-I category of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. Also, common faunal species are expected from the site and vicinity. Totally 37 fish species and 16 prawn/crabs species are also found to be reported from the region.

11.4.8 Socio-Economic Environment

Analysis of socio - economic impacts both adverse and beneficial in the EIA study, it will improve the socio economic condition of the people. On the basis of primary and secondary data collection following conclusion has come:

The project will fulfill the demand of oil & gas in other related industries The project has a strong positive prospect of industrialization in its vicinity. Development of social infrastructure (CSR activities) Employment opportunities

to local manpower. Safe distance from settlements, natural drains, water bodies, public utilities etc. After completion of work, leased land handed over to the land owner in its original

condition




210

11.5 Impact Assessment The identification and assessment of impacts over the various environmental attributes in the region due to the proposed development drilling activities in the proposed project block are discussed and mitigative measures and environmental management plan for the potential impacts have also been presented.

11.5.1 Impact on Topography and Land Use Drilling development well is a short duration activity at each drilling location, typically encompassing a period of 3 to 5 months from land acquisition to site abandonment. The impact would therefore be localised, temporary and minimal. Because of the above activities, the topographical structure may change locally. However, considering the small foot print area required during the drilling, only marginal impact due to change in land use is anticipated.

11.5.2 Impact on Climate Impact on the climatic conditions from the drilling will not be significant. The maximum temperatures of the exit gas from the DG stack and flare stack will be around 300°C and 400°C respectively. In terms of total emission of green house gases and consequent impact on global warming or on potential for local increase of ambient temperature, considering the quantum of exit gas and the total duration of flow, the impact on the local or global climate will be insignificant.

11.5.3 Impact on Air Quality The potential sources of air emissions at the well sites will be as follows: Dust from earth works (during approach road and site preparation); Emissions from DG sets (including noise emission); Emissions from possible flaring during well testing; and Emissions from vehicles During the short period of site preparation mechanical shovels and earthmovers will be used for vegetation clearance, cut and fill and other site levelling activities. These activities could generate dust particles which will be mobilized by wind, and deteriorate the ambient air conditions. However, these activities will be only temporary and the impact to ambient air quality would be within the close proximity of well site. The gaseous emissions from the DG set will be controlled by efficient combustion of fuel in the DG set. The flaring of oil and gas during well testing is a short duration activity (about 2 to 3 days) and will be done within a ground level enclosed pit. Wherever, required special precautions will be taken to minimize the impact on the local environment and habitat.

11.5.4 Impact on Surface Water and Groundwater Quality




211

Approximately 8 KLD of waste water would be generated from the drilling operation. The project proponent is using only water based non-toxic biodegradable fluids with inhibitive and encapsulate characteristics as drilling mud for minimizing any long term impact on groundwater quality. Additionally, the drilling mud collection and recirculation pond is lined with impervious layer to prevent seepage and loss of drilling fluid into the subsoil. Further, proper casing installation and cementing of will ensure least groundwater contact.

11.5.5 Impact on Noise Levels During the drilling operation at the well sites, there would be various sources of noise in the area, viz., drilling draw works/rotors, Mud Pumps, Power generators, Vehicular Movement and Cranes and material handling equipment. The maximum predicted noise level at about 100 m from the boundary of the drill site is about 85 dB (A). The ambient noise levels at most of the places in the region are within the CPCB standards. Since, the drilling operations last for only 2 to 3 months at each location, impact of the noise pollution due to the proposed development drilling will be insignificant on the community.

11.5.6 Ecological Impacts Impact on the ecology of the study area will vary with the proximity of the habitats from the drilling locations. However, the impacts are of temporary nature, which will last only for few months at each drill location during the thus development drilling activities and will activities stops. allow subsequent recovery after the Although the level of existing communications and support services in the area are considered adequate based on the population density, establishment of the proposed project would further strengthen the road network and access to some of the remote areas with all weather road would be a distinct beneficial impact. The overall impact is considered to be positive.

11.5.7 Demography and Socio-Economics

Impact on health due to emissions and noise from drilling activity has been assessed to be minimal. In addition employees working at the drill site would be provided protective devices like ear plugs/ear muffs for ensuring minimum impact on human health. For most potential drilling sites in the Exploration Area, it should be possible to avoid impact on existing arable land. By following the compensation procedures and by observing common courtesy, impacts on existing use and benefit rights holders can be minimized. The proposed exploration drilling programme is expected to generate local employment in the order of 40 to 50 unskilled and semi- skilled people, for a period of approximately 3 months at drilling site location. While this benefit is small by most standards, it is a significant employment opportunity in the block.




212

11.6 Environment Management Plan

11.6.1 Removal of Equipment and Materials In the event that economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, the well will be suspended with a wellhead in place, but all other equipment and materials will be removed from the site. All empty drums, wastes, used and unused drilling fluids, fuel and lubricants will be removed from the drilling site. Water supply and effluent discharge hoses and associated equipment will be removed. The access road(s) would be reinstated.

11.6.2 Decommissioning upon Abandonment In the event that no economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, a full abandonment plan will be implemented for the drilling sites in accordance with the applicable Indian petroleum regulations.

11.6.3 Atmospheric Emissions The combustion of diesel for power generation for the drilling and campsite operation result in atmospheric emissions of SO2, NOx, CO, Particulates and Hydrocarbons. Flaring during production testing is of 3-4 days duration and atmospheric emissions are marginal. There will be no sensitive receptors to the emissions of combustion products in the vicinity of the proposed drilling operations apart from the crew of the drilling rig. The impacts caused are therefore, considered to be negligible. Measures to ensure minimal impacts include appropriate management of power generation source to achieve fuel efficiency and therefore reduce emissions and use of low sulphur diesel oil if available. Environmental monitoring is proposed during drilling and well testing to ensure maximum combustion efficiency. Flaring towards any standing vegetation will be avoided. In case if it is inevitable, a suitable barrier will be erected to prevent any vegetation scorching due to direct heat radiation; and prior to flaring, the critical equipment will be thoroughly tested.

11.6.4 Noise Environment The results show that the noise levels will attenuate to below permissible levels within the drilling site boundary. The Generators will be properly enclosed and the exhausts will be provided with silencers.

11.6.5 Management of Drilling Wastes The major waste product of a drilling operation is the generation of rock cuttings with residual mud adhering to the drill cuttings and spent drilling fluid. About 250 - 300 ton drill cuttings per well and 250 m3 spent drilling fluid would need to be disposed off.




213

The spilled oil may be reused in the mud preparation. At the extent possible reuse the residual drilling fluids in the drilling campaign only the drilling fluid which is not further used can be discarded.

11.6.6 Management of the Solid Wastes Small amounts of solid wastes will be generated during normal operation at the drilling rig. The wastes will be disposed on compliance with local and national legislations. Spent waste oil to be stored in a secure paved area and disposed to MoEF/ APPCB approved waste oil recyclers. Drill cuttings and sludge from drilling mud to be buried within the impervious lined pit and covered with soil as part of the site abandonment plan. Biodegradable waste arising from kitchen and canteen activities to be scientifically composted and the bio-manure so generated to be used for green belt development.

11.6.7 Management of Waste Disposal sites within Drill Site The project proponent will dispose the drill cuttings, drill mud and waste water generated during the drilling operations into the lined pits of various sizes and Undertaking plantation within the drill site particularly on the reclaimed pits.

11.7 Environmental Monitoring Program A detailed post project monitoring in respect of air, water, soil, land use, occupational noise, etc. to assess the changes has been evolved covering various phases of project advancement. A network of sampling locations around the operational facilities will be established. The monitoring shall include the compliances to legal and statutory controls imposed on the operation as well as other corporate commitment to responsible environment management. Systems for monitoring resources inputs (energy, chemical use, water, raw materials), equipment and plant performance and waste generations will also be set up. A detailed wastes management plan with monitoring programme will be in place during various phases of activity.

11.8 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan The hazard potential of oil and gas and estimation of consequences in case of their accidental release during drilling has been identified and risk assessment has been carried out to quantify the extent of damage and suggest recommendations for safety improvement for the proposed facilities. Risk mitigation measures based on MCA analysis and engineering judgments are incorporated in order to improve overall system safety and mitigate the effects of major accidents. An effective Disaster Management Plan (DMP) to mitigate the risks involved has been prepared. This plan defines the responsibilities and resources available to respond to the different types of emergencies envisaged. Training exercises will be held to ensure that all personnel are familiar with their responsibilities and that communication links are functioning effectively.




214

11.9 Project Benefits The proposed exploration program will establish hydrocarbons in the block. The development of the oil field will result in considerable growth of service sector and will also generate new industrial and business opportunities in the area. Small and medium scale industries may be developed as consequence. The major benefits of the project include reduction of the oil import bill of the nation as well as reduction of the imbalance in oil production and consumption. In Operation phase PFH require significant work force of non-technical and technical persons. Migration of persons with better education and professional experience will result in increase of population and literacy in the surrounding villages.

11.10 Administrative Aspects of Implementation of EMP The basis of the operational philosophy is that the activities proposed in oil and gas processing shall be operated in complete compliance with all applicable Laws, Regulations, Standards and Permits, the Production Sharing Contract (PSC), PFH Energy corporate policies, procedures, specifications, rules, standards and guidelines. Detailed procedures and plans will be developed for each activity prior to operations start up. All persons on board the drilling rig will be an experienced crew with valid qualifications.

11.11 Conclusions The proposed development drilling exploratory/development well of the temporarily abandoned wells (sweet gas) and drilling of 5 additional wells in Achanta block has certain level of marginal impacts on the local environment. However, the proposed project has significant beneficial impact/effects in terms of providing the employment opportunities and various CSR practices to be followed by PFH. Growth and development, in harmony with the environment, has always been the approach of PFH. The conclusions of EIA are: The proposed project meets the compliance requirements of various

environmental regulations; Adoption of environmental friendly Best Management Practices results in

minimising the impacts on environment; Community impacts of the project will be beneficial, as the project will generate

significant economic benefits for the region; The post drilling, commercial developmental activities of PFH Oil & Gas Pvt Ltd

can reduce the import burdens of crude oil to the nation; and With the effective implementation of the Environment Management Plan (EMP)

during the planning, design, construction and operation phases, the development and production project can proceed without significant negative impact on the environment.


Chapter – 12:Disclosure of Consultants Engaged


215

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

12.1 Name of the Consultants

Bhagavathi Ana Labs Private Limited (A Bureau Veritas Group Company)

Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt Limited (A Bureau Veritas Group Company) is a professional services company providing Environmental Consultancy, Environmental Engineering, Analytical and Quality testing, Water Resource studies, Technical Training and Enviro-legal services. Since inception in 1984, the company has completed number of projects spread all over India. The company has qualified and experienced staff of more than 100 people operating across seven offices in India. The Professionals and Technicians include Environmental Engineers, Environmental Scientists, Environmental Planners, Chemists, Mining Engineers, Geologists, Hydro-geologists, Economic and Social Science specialists etc. Bhagavathi Ana Labs Pvt Limited is an ISO 9001-2008 Company and is accredited by:

Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Govt. of India, New Delhi National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) as per

ISO/IEC 17025:2005, in Chemical, Mechanical & Biological Fields National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) accredited

Environmental Consultants by Quality Council of India Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), New Delhi Food safety and Standards Authority of India

The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies, preparation of Environmental Management Plans (EMP) for the last 20 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change.

Consultants Name & Address

M/s Bhagavathi Ana Labs Private Limited (a Bureau Veritas Group Company) 7-2-C14, Industrial Estate, Sanathnagar, Hyderabad – 500 018




216

NABET CERTIFICATE




217

NABL CERTIFICATE




218

MoEF CERTIFICATE

219

ANNEXURE-I: ToR COPY


Annexures


223

ANNEXURE-II: SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS

Sr.No District Mandal

Town/ Village Name Type

No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F P_06

P_SC

P_ST P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT

P_ILL

M_ILL

F_ILL

TOT_ WORK_P

MAIN WORK_P

MARG WORK_P

NON_ WORK_P

0-3 km

1

West Godavari

Penugonda 588686 Nadipudi Rural 925 3342 1655 1687 307 600 9 2174 1163 1011 1168 492 676 1735 1727 8 1607

2 Penugonda 588687 Chinamallam Rural 909 3341 1695 1646 288 683 73 2300 1285 1015 1041 410 631 1786 1600 186 1555

3 Penugonda 588684 Deva Rural 833 2946 1513 1433 295 1265 18 2075 1148 927 871 365 506 1504 1354 150 1442

4 Penugonda 588685 Mulaparru Rural 1278 4669 2363 2306 487 2092 2 3273 1761 1512 1396 602 794 2479 1137 1342 2190

5 Penugonda 588683 Tamarada Rural 534 1823 920 903 189 244 14 1201 621 580 622 299 323 873 831 42 950

6 Achanta 588695 Achanta Vemavaram Rural 2218 7566 3809 3757 580 1601 42 5658 3046 2612 1908 763 1145 3817 3480 337 3749

7 Achanta 588694 Penumanchili Rural 1178 3924 1984 1940 392 1603 48 2615 1402 1213 1309 582 727 1890 1397 493 2034

8 Achanta 588692 Kandaravalli Rural 284 1049 556 493 111 228 0 709 395 314 340 161 179 508 347 161 541

9 Achanta 588693 Karugorumilli Rural 925 3243 1647 1596 312 1288 63 2403 1276 1127 840 371 469 1440 984 456 1803

10 Achanta 588689 Kodamanchili Rural 1745 6151 3139 3012 609 2353 23 4315 2327 1988 1836 812 1024 3069 2255 814 3082

11 Achanta 588688 Achanta Rural 5604 19507 9786 9721 1812 3429 95 13552 7126 6426 5955 2660 3295 9624 7641 1983 9883

12 Achanta 588691 Koderu Rural 489 1729 868 861 164 392 9 1232 671 561 497 197 300 829 628 201 900

13 Achanta 588690 Pedamallam Rural 833 3278 1696 1582 303 1780 7 2236 1198 1038 1042 498 544 1917 1539 378 1361

14 Poduru 588701 Miniminchilipadu Rural 208 781 409 372 93 404 23 522 292 230 259 117 142 418 289 129 363

15 East Godavari

P.Gannavaram 587785 Lankalagannavaram Rural 1448 5444 2771 2673 560 1250 38 3686 1995 1691 1758 776 982 2130 1801 329 3314

16 P.Gannavaram 587781 Udumudi Rural 1873 7145 3626 3519 759 2976 66 4762 2522 2240 2383 1104 1279 2977 2709 268 4168

Sub Total 21284 75938 38437 37501 7261 22188 530 52713 28228 24485

23225

10209

13016 36996 29719 7277 38942

3-5 km

17

West Godavari

Penugonda 588676 Sidhantham Rural 3519 13188 6716 6472 1322 2391 125 9042 4880 4162 4146 1836 2310 6187 5222 965 7001

18 Penugonda 588678 Ramannapalem Rural 782 3059 1562 1497 273 210 3 2097 1085 1012 962 477 485 1491 1108 383 1568

19 Penugonda 588679 Munamarru Rural 375 1204 618 586 103 50 0 860 460 400 344 158 186 539 336 203 665

20 Penugonda 588682 Kothalaparru Rural 675 2327 1176 1151 234 553 8 1624 859 765 703 317 386 1115 938 177 1212

21 Poduru 588700 Pandithavilluru Rural 1600 5597 2794 2803 472 1413 31 3873 2069 1804 1724 725 999 2681 2357 324 2916

22 Poduru 588702 Poduru Rural 2686 9578 4861 4717 849 1864 78 6794 3655 3139 2784 1206 1578 4320 3517 803 5258

23 Poduru 588709 Gummaluru Rural 1686 5889 2957 2932 513 2033 47 4422 2322 2100 1467 635 832 2717 1827 890 3172

24 Poduru 588710 Ravipadu Rural 380 1345 656 689 130 508 5 1027 538 489 318 118 200 734 515 219 611

25 Poduru 588711 Vaddiparru Rural 640 2290 1145 1145 223 636 20 1739 924 815 551 221 330 1127 546 581 1163


Annexures


224



No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F P_06

P_SC


P_ILL

M_ILL

F_ILL

TOT_ WORK_P

MAIN WORK_P

MARG WORK_P

NON_ WORK_P

26

East Godavari

Kapileswarapuram 587683 Ganti Rural 1195 4382 2204 2178 446 2204 30 3142 1668 1474 1240 536 704 1930 1766 164 2452

27 P.Gannavaram 587780 Ganti Pedapudi Rural 1152 4150 2112 2038 403 1512 28 2854 1530 1324 1296 582 714 1775 1394 381 2375

28 P.Gannavaram 587783 Narendrapuram Rural 2188 8254 4255 3999 699 3362 73 5735 3156 2579 2519 1099 1420 3512 2570 942 4742

29 P.Gannavaram 587784 Bellampudi Rural 789 2935 1477 1458 285 1013 23 1951 1003 948 984 474 510 1123 908 215 1812

30 P.Gannavaram 587786 Patha Gannavaram Rural 2489 9459 4804 4655 948 3041 78 6792 3688 3104 2667 1116 1551 3931 3466 465 5528

31 P.Gannavaram 587794 Mondepu Lanka Rural 673 2397 1196 1201 228 365 0 1691 892 799 706 304 402 926 861 65 1471

32 Ambajipeta 587798 Chiratapudi Rural 936 3349 1686 1663 317 1201 30 2333 1260 1073 1016 426 590 1526 767 759 1823

Sub Total 21765 79403 40219 39184 7445 22356 579 55976 29989 25987

23427

10230

13197 35634 28098 7536 43769

5-10 km

33

West Godavari

Penugonda 588674 Cherukuwada Rural 2068 7391 3741 3650 757 1737 212 5352 2806 2546 2039 935 1104 3196 2840 356 4195

34 Penugonda 588680 Venkatramapuram Rural 435 1412 696 716 132 628 0 952 501 451 460 195 265 632 545 87 780

35 Penugonda 588675 Vadali Rural 1666 5705 2874 2831 503 985 32 3784 1985 1799 1921 889 1032 2763 2424 339 2942

36 Poduru 588708 Penumadam Rural 2385 8746 4475 4271 916 3121 77 6140 3289 2851 2606 1186 1420 4306 3094 1212 4440

37 Poduru 588698 Kavitam Rural 2093 7909 3972 3937 711 1902 43 6094 3163 2931 1815 809 1006 3589 3310 279 4320

38 Poduru 588705 Vedangi Rural 1437 5115 2614 2501 474 1208 46 3869 2064 1805 1246 550 696 2515 1271 1244 2600

39 Poduru 588706 Jinnuru Rural 2010 7055 3490 3565 619 1245 60 5256 2756 2500 1799 734 1065 3172 2563 609 3883

40 Yelamanchili 588793 Neredumilli Rural 378 1324 660 664 103 501 1 985 509 476 339 151 188 650 472 178 674

41 Yelamanchili 588794 Penumarru Rural 528 1795 931 864 161 429 0 1210 689 521 585 242 343 1080 400 680 715

42 Yelamanchili 588798 Ilapakurru Rural 2803 9711 4938 4773 939 2474 39 7094 3753 3341 2617 1185 1432 4526 3960 566 5185

43 Yelamanchili 588796 Burugupalle Rural 615 2182 1102 1080 186 378 9 1452 798 654 730 304 426 1138 1018 120 1044

44 Yelamanchili 588797 Doddipatla Rural 3708 13258 6835 6423 1333 2477 29 8879 4811 4068 4379 2024 2355 5770 4776 994 7488

45 Yelamanchili 588800 Medapadu Rural 1066 3800 1895 1905 398 961 27 2802 1434 1368 998 461 537 1494 1318 176 2306

46 Yelamanchili 588799 Siragalapalle Rural 594 2228 1129 1099 185 648 9 1660 856 804 568 273 295 960 959 1 1268

47 Penumantra 588645 Alamuru Rural 1068 3857 1939 1918 351 1021 11 2716 1415 1301 1141 524 617 1798 1340 458 2059

48 Penumantra 588650 Velagaleru Rural 653 2193 1067 1126 181 444 2 1679 840 839 514 227 287 867 791 76 1326

49 Penumantra 588646 Koyyetipadu Rural 397 1405 727 678 126 582 22 930 540 390 475 187 288 729 715 14 676

50 Penumantra 588651 Oduru Rural 628 2124 1062 1062 185 1067 24 1510 820 690 614 242 372 1047 723 324 1077

51 Iragavaram 588673 Kakileru Rural 768 2560 1321 1239 256 797 39 1823 989 834 737 332 405 1156 840 316 1404

52 Iragavaram 588664 Eletipadu Rural 557 1852 939 913 163 94 31 1380 733 647 472 206 266 755 698 57 1097

53 Iragavaram 588662 Pekeru Rural 1270 4436 2262 2174 441 437 12 3101 1659 1442 1335 603 732 1897 1740 157 2539


Annexures


225



No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F P_06

P_SC


P_ILL

M_ILL

F_ILL

TOT_ WORK_P

MAIN WORK_P

MARG WORK_P

NON_ WORK_P

54 Peravali 588540 Pittalavemavaram Rural 1181 4133 2082 2051 332 898 35 3055 1583 1472 1078 499 579 1737 1710 27 2396

55 Palacole 802966

Ullamparru Ward No.-0057

Urban 1433 5318 2601 2717 491 736 80 3718 1916 1802 1600 685 915 2386 2060 326 2932

56

East Godavari

P.Gannavaram 587791 Katharlanka Rural 281 1017 514 503 96 140 23 745 400 345 272 114 158 473 332 141 544

57 P.Gannavaram 587790 Munjavaram Rural 466 1672 834 838 191 541 21 1085 576 509 587 258 329 636 544 92 1036

58 P.Gannavaram 587789 Mungandapalem Rural 505 1679 859 820 136 392 33 1232 672 560 447 187 260 820 645 175 859

59 P.Gannavaram 587795 Vadrevupalle Rural 717 2626 1309 1317 241 952 4 1957 1051 906 669 258 411 1113 1028 85 1513

60 P.Gannavaram 587782 Kundalapalle Rural 652 2436 1232 1204 268 218 2 1567 822 745 869 410 459 842 838 4 1594

61 P.Gannavaram 587797 Yenugupalle Rural 920 3210 1626 1584 288 744 18 2350 1264 1086 860 362 498 1315 1153 162 1895

62 P.Gannavaram 587787 Pothavaram Rural 983 3860 1970 1890 349 2311 56 2560 1415 1145 1300 555 745 1707 1529 178 2153

63 P.Gannavaram 587793 Vainateya Kothapalle Rural 602 2063 1063 1000 217 930 0 1360 741 619 703 322 381 932 916 16 1131

64 P.Gannavaram 587792 Karupallipadu Rural 185 593 303 290 44 93 0 453 241 212 140 62 78 273 272 1 320

65 Ambajipeta 587807 Isukapudi Rural 1076 4080 2067 2013 363 1997 46 2950 1570 1380 1130 497 633 1789 1326 463 2291

66 Ambajipeta 587808 Machavaram Rural 4546 17185 8560 8625 1512 4940 108 12868 6674 6194 4317 1886 2431 6521 5228 1293 10664

67 Malikipuram 587843 Mattaparru Rural 382 1476 725 751 134 421 1 1104 564 540 372 161 211 569 561 8 907

68 Ravulapalem 587675 Gopalapuram Rural 2803 9679 4886 4793 989 1754 77 6691 3400 3291 2988 1486 1502 3848 3458 390 5831

69 Ravulapalem 587678 Mummidivarappadu Rural 464 1720 896 824 162 665 4 1197 675 522 523 221 302 793 742 51 927

70 Kothapeta 587688 Modekurru Rural 1783 6362 3154 3208 586 1510 57 4643 2426 2217 1719 728 991 2542 2069 473 3820

71 Kothapeta 587684 Avidi Rural 2726 9537 4762 4775 954 2403 75 6509 3477 3032 3028 1285 1743 4092 3302 790 5445

Sub Total 48832 174704 88112 86592

16473

44781

1365

124712 65877 58835

49992

22235

27757 76428 63510 12918 98276

Grand Total 91881 330045

166768

163277

31179

89325

2474

233401

124094

109307

96644

42674

53970 149058 121327 27731 180987


Annexures


226

ANNEXURE-III: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA

A1:SITE

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX O3 Ammoni

a Benzen

e Benzyle-

alfa-Pyrene Lead (Pb)

Nickel as Ni

Arsenic

Methane

Non Methane

Hydrocarbon

CO ppm

μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 ng/m3 μg/m3 ng/m3 ng/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3 μg/m3

1st Week

50.9 23.3 10.3 11.7 3.6 5.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 212 66 278 221

51.0 23.4 10.4 11.8 4.6 5.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 231 65 296 201

2nd week

49.8 22.2 9.2 10.6 4.2 5.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 233 74 307 202

50.5 22.9 9.9 11.3 4.9 5.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 215 72 287 222

3rd week

50.3 22.7 9.7 11.1 5.1 6.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 216 71 287 212

50.6 23.0 10.0 11.4 5.2 7.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 221 73 294 232

4th week

50.2 22.6 9.6 11.0 4.7 7.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 252 75 327 202

49.9 22.3 9.3 10.7 4.1 7.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 248 76 324 201

5th week

51.7 24.1 11.1 12.5 5.1 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 256 80 336 206

50.8 23.2 10.2 11.6 4.2 6.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 264 70 334 204

6th Week

51.1 23.5 10.5 11.9 2.3 6.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 215 62 277 198

50.1 22.5 9.5 10.9 3.1 5.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 231 64 295 198

7th Week

50.0 22.4 9.4 10.8 2.9 5.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 230 66 296 198

51.2 23.6 10.6 12.0 4.4 5.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 248 68 316 192

8th Week

50.7 23.1 10.1 11.5 3.2 5.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 240 69 309 185

51.6 24.0 11.0 12.4 3.3 7.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 219 70 289 178

9th week

51.4 23.8 10.8 12.2 3.0 6.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 216 73 289 186

52.1 24.5 11.5 12.9 3.4 6.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 214 84 298 182

10th Week

51.8 24.2 11.2 12.6 4.2 5.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 217 82 299 190

50.4 22.8 9.8 11.2 4.8 5.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 218 83 301 206

11th week

51.3 23.7 10.7 12.1 3.7 5.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 221 84 305 207

51.9 24.3 11.3 12.7 3.8 5.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 220 85 305 209

12th week

52.0 24.4 11.4 12.8 3.3 7.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 221 88 309 201

51.5 23.9 10.9 12.3 3.9 7.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 209 80 289 203

MIN 49.8 22.2 9.2 10.6 2.3 5.2 0 0 0 0 0 209 62 277 178

MAX 52.1 24.5 11.5 12.9 5.2 7.6 0 0 0 0 0 264 88.0 336.0 232

Avg 51.0 23.4 10.4 11.8 4.0 6.2 0 0 0 0 0 227.8 74.2 302.0 201.5

98th values 52.1 24.5 11.5 12.9 5.2 7.4

<0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 260.3 86.6 335.1 227.4


Annexures


227

A2.Achanta


a Benzen

e Benzyle-


Nickel as Ni

Arsenic

Methane

Non Methane

Hydrocarbon

CO ppm


1st Week

52.3 24.4 7.0 8.7 4.9 9.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 236 95.0 331.0 336

51.8 24.1 6.7 8.4 7.1 9.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 248 78.0 326.0 348

2nd week

53.8 25.4 8.0 9.7 7.2 8.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 249 82.0 331.0 351

51.5 23.9 6.5 8.2 7.6 8.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 256 68.0 324.3 365

3rd week

52.0 24.2 6.8 8.5 8.2 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 249 74.0 322.9 369

53.0 24.9 7.5 9.2 5.4 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 267 79.0 345.8 378

4th week

51.1 23.6 6.2 7.9 6.5 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 269 95.0 363.7 358

52.4 24.5 7.1 8.8 6.6 9.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 295 94.0 389.3 348

5th week

52.1 24.3 6.9 8.6 6.5 9.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 237 68.0 304.9 397

51.7 24.0 6.6 8.3 6.9 9.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 249 67.0 315.6 367

6th Week

50.9 23.5 6.1 7.8 7.8 9.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 248 63.5 311.5 359

52.7 24.7 7.3 9.0 7.7 7.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 265 78.2 343.2 384

7th Week

54.2 25.7 8.3 10.0 7.7 7.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 235 79.2 314.2 359

51.4 23.8 6.4 8.1 7.9 9.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 248 78.2 326.2 375

8th Week

53.6 25.3 7.9 9.6 7.4 9.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 294 79.5 373.5 364

52.6 24.6 7.2 8.9 7.6 7.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 257 74.4 331.4 358

9th week

53.9 25.5 8.1 9.8 6.8 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 263 59.8 322.8 351

53.5 25.2 7.8 9.5 6.0 7.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 255 82.1 337.4 352

10th Week

54.1 25.6 8.2 9.9 6.2 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 257 80.3 337.1 350

53.2 25.0 7.6 9.3 6.4 8.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 254 62.8 317.0 361

11th week

54.4 25.8 8.4 10.1 6.5 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 252 68.4 320.5 360

51.2 23.7 6.3 8.0 6.3 8.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 255 69.5 324.5 362

12th week

52.9 24.8 7.4 9.1 6.9 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 241 66.9 307.5 346

53.3 25.1 7.7 9.4 6.6 8.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 298 75.4 373.8 355

MIN 50.9 23.5 6.1 7.8 4.9 7.5 0 0 0 0 0 235 59.8 304.9 336

MAX 54.4 25.8 8.4 10.1 8.2 9.5 0 0 0 0 0 298.4 95 389.3 397

Avg 52.6 24.7 7.3 9.0 6.9 8.5 0 0 0 0 0 257.4 75.8 333.1 360.5

98th values 54.3 25.8 8.4 10.1 8.1 9.5

<0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 297.0 95.0 382.2 391.0


Annexures


228

A3: Achanta Veamavarm

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX O3

Ammonia

Benzene

Benzyle-alfa-Pyrene

Lead (Pb)

Nickel as Ni

Arsenic

Methane

Non Methane

Hydrocarbon

CO ppm


1st Week

45.1 21.3 10.3 11.6 6.1 9.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 145.0 65 210.0 254

46.6 22.8 11.8 13.1 6.2 9.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 156.2 66 222.2 215

2nd week

45.4 21.6 10.6 11.9 6.9 9.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 158.6 68 227.0 254

45.7 21.9 10.9 12.2 4.6 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 159.8 58 218.1 263

3rd week

46.4 22.6 11.6 12.9 5.1 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 166.5 66 232.9 219

46.8 23.0 12.0 13.3 5.6 0.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 165.2 54 219.4 221

4th week

45.6 21.8 10.8 12.1 5.4 7.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 154.2 58 211.7 215

47.1 23.3 12.3 13.6 5.5 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 163.5 58 221.9 264

5th week

45.3 21.5 10.5 11.8 5.1 7.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 148.5 53 201.7 254

46.3 22.5 11.5 12.8 6.0 7.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 149.5 80 229.5 235

6th Week

45.9 22.1 11.1 12.4 7.4 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 147.5 80 227.5 241

46.1 22.3 11.3 12.6 7.5 5.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 145.3 48 193.3 211

7th Week

47.4 23.6 12.6 13.9 7.2 5.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 145.9 58 203.9 263

46.0 22.2 11.2 12.5 7.8 5.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 151.2 87 238.2 245

8th Week

46.2 22.4 11.4 12.7 6.2 5.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 154.2 47 200.8 235

45.8 22.0 11.0 12.3 6.1 5.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 153.2 65 218.2 251

9th week

45.5 21.7 10.7 12.0 4.8 5.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 152.0 63 215.0 241

46.5 22.7 11.7 13.0 4.8 5.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 151.0 64 215.0 235

10th Week

45.2 21.4 10.4 11.7 4.9 5.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 153.2 62 215.2 265

47.3 23.5 12.5 13.8 5.3 6.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 151.6 65 216.6 248

11th week

46.7 22.9 11.9 13.2 5.6 6.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 151.0 70 221.0 249

47.2 23.4 12.4 13.7 4.4 6.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 154.6 71 225.6 251

12th week

46.9 23.1 12.1 13.4 4.7 6.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 159.2 73 232.2 266

47.0 23.2 12.2 13.5 7.1 6.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 159.0 70 229.0 241

MIN 45.1 21.3 10.3 11.6 4.4 0.4 0 0 0 0 0 145 46.62 193.3 211

MAX 47.4 23.6 12.6 13.9 7.8 9.4 0 0 0 0 0 166.5 87.0 238.2 266

Avg 46.3 22.5 11.5 12.8 5.8 6.6 0 0 0 0 0 154.0 64.6 218.6 243.2

98th values 47.4 23.6 12.6 13.9 7.7 9.3

<0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 165.9 83.8 235.8 265.5


Annexures


229

AQ4 Bellampudi


a Benzen

e Benzyle-


Nickel as Ni

Arsenic

Methane

Non Methane

Hydrocarbon

CO ppm


1st Week

41.6 20.0 8.1 9.7 3.3 6.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 141.0 39.0 180.0 195

41.4 19.8 7.9 9.5 3.5 7.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 166.5 51.0 217.5 148

2nd week

42.0 20.4 8.5 10.1 3.6 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 170.2 50.0 220.2 157

41.3 19.7 7.8 9.4 4.2 7.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 181.0 43.0 224.0 156

3rd week

42.1 20.5 8.6 10.2 4.1 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 165.2 47.0 212.2 171

41.0 19.4 7.5 9.1 4.5 7.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 149.5 49.0 198.5 149

4th week

40.6 19.0 7.1 8.7 4.6 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 151.3 61.0 212.3 164

42.5 20.9 9.0 10.6 4.8 8.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 168.4 63.0 231.4 158

5th week

40.9 19.3 7.4 9.0 5.0 8.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 169.3 68.0 237.3 143

41.8 20.2 8.3 9.9 5.2 8.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 159.4 71.0 230.4 162

6th Week

41.7 20.1 8.2 9.8 5.1 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 149.5 72.0 221.5 164

42.8 21.2 9.3 10.9 5.3 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 167.4 49.0 216.4 163

7th Week

41.5 19.9 8.0 9.6 5.5 8.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 171.2 51.0 222.2 166

40.8 19.2 7.3 8.9 5.4 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 176.2 53.0 229.2 168

8th Week

41.2 19.6 7.7 9.3 5.6 8.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 182.0 48.0 230.0 169

42.4 20.8 8.9 10.5 6.0 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 184.0 70.0 254.0 165

9th week

42.2 20.6 8.7 10.3 5.4 8.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 183.0 45.0 228.0 162

41.1 19.5 7.6 9.2 5.2 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 186.0 46.0 232.0 164

10th Week

40.7 19.1 7.2 8.8 5.8 7.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 164.0 44.0 208.0 160

41.9 20.3 8.4 10.0 5.7 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 168.0 72.0 240.0 154

11th week

42.6 21.0 9.1 10.7 6.0 6.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 167.0 66.0 233.0 158

42.3 20.7 8.8 10.4 6.1 6.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 145.3 64.0 209.3 159

12th week

42.7 21.1 9.2 10.8 6.3 6.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 163.0 60.0 223.0 139

42.9 21.3 9.4 11.0 6.5 7.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 166.2 61.0 227.2 154

MIN 40.6 19 7.1 8.7 3.3 6.4 0 0 0 0 0 141 39 180 139

MAX 42.9 21.3 9.4 11 6.5 8.9 0 0 0 0 0 186 72.0 254.0 195

Avg 41.8 20.2 8.3 9.9 5.1 7.7 0 0 0 0 0 166.4 56.0 222.4 160.3

98th values 42.9 21.3 9.4 11.0 6.4 8.8

<0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 185.1 72.0 247.6 184.0


Annexures


230

AQ5 Poduru


a Benzen

e Benzyle-


Nickel as Ni

Arsenic

Methane

Non Methane

Hydrocarbon

CO ppm


1st Week

41.1 19.4 12.4 13.7 5.0 8.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 124 65.4 189.4 201

41.8 20.1 13.1 14.4 4.6 9.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 126 49.5 175.5 203

2nd week

42.5 20.8 13.8 15.1 5.9 9.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 125 75.1 200.1 185

42.1 20.4 13.4 14.7 8.4 7.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 123 49.6 172.6 176

3rd week

43.4 21.7 14.7 16.0 5.6 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 145 61.2 206.2 185

41.4 19.7 12.7 14.0 6.3 8.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 162 54.6 216.6 196

4th week

42.6 20.9 13.9 15.2 7.0 9.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 145 56.5 201.5 149

42.0 20.3 13.3 14.6 4.6 9.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 125 57.4 182.4 156

5th week

41.3 19.6 12.6 13.9 6.1 8.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 28 58.4 86.4 158

41.9 20.2 13.2 14.5 5.2 7.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 163 54.3 217.3 165

6th Week

42.3 20.6 13.6 14.9 5.8 9.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 137 66.2 203.2 164

41.2 19.5 12.5 13.8 6.0 10.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 139 70.5 209.5 163

7th Week

42.7 21.0 14.0 15.3 6.3 9.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 135 75.4 210.4 174

41.6 19.9 12.9 14.2 6.4 6.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 133 74.6 207.6 182

8th Week

43.3 21.6 14.6 15.9 6.2 8.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 123 75.6 198.6 132

42.4 20.7 13.7 15.0 6.5 5.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 124 78.4 202.4 131

9th week

42.8 21.1 14.1 15.4 7.0 7.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 126 72.6 198.6 152

41.5 19.8 12.8 14.1 7.2 9.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 120 77.2 197.2 143

10th Week

43.0 21.3 14.3 15.6 6.5 6.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 121 74.8 195.8 142

43.2 21.5 14.5 15.8 6.8 8.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 130 76.1 206.1 162

11th week

41.7 20.0 13.0 14.3 5.8 8.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 134 59.6 193.6 168

43.1 21.4 14.4 15.7 5.4 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 135 64.2 199.2 164

12th week

42.2 20.5 13.5 14.8 8.0 7.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 136 65.2 201.2 169

42.9 21.2 14.2 15.5 7.0 6.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 134 64.3 198.3 177

MIN 41.1 19.4 12.4 13.7 4.6 5 0 0 0 0 0 28 49.5 86.4 131

MAX 43.4 21.7 14.7 16 8.4 10 0 0 0 0 0 163 78.4 217.3 203

Avg 42.3 20.6 13.6 14.9 6.2 8.0 0 0 0 0 0 128.9 65.7 194.6 166.5

98th values 43.4 21.7 14.7 16.0 8.2 9.8

<0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 162.5 77.8 217.0 202.1


Annexures


231

AQ6 Chinamallam


a Benzen

e Benzyle-


Nickel as Ni

Arsenic

Methane

Non Methane

Hydrocarbon

CO ppm


1st Week

37.8 18.6 12.0 13.2 3.5 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 184 81 265.0 223

37.4 18.2 11.6 12.8 4.1 8.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 182 75 257.0 241

2nd week

39.4 20.2 13.6 14.8 3.6 8.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 183 84 267.0 251

37.9 18.7 12.1 13.3 4.5 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 184 84 268.0 246

3rd week

38.1 18.9 12.3 13.5 4.7 7.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 186 81 267.0 251

37.6 18.4 11.8 13.0 4.2 9.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 175 74 249.0 253

4th week

39.3 20.1 13.5 14.7 4.8 5.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 176 65 241.0 248

37.5 18.3 11.7 12.9 5.1 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 165 64 229.0 261

5th week

38.0 18.8 12.2 13.4 5.3 7.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 169 62 231.0 259

38.2 19.0 12.4 13.6 5.4 7.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 162 65 227.0 267

6th Week

38.4 19.2 12.6 13.8 5.6 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 148 69 217.0 284

39.1 19.9 13.3 14.5 6.1 6.8 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 155 80 235.0 248

7th Week

38.5 19.3 12.7 13.9 6.2 6.9 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 149 59 208.0 249

37.7 18.5 11.9 13.1 7.0 6.4 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 191 57 248.0 266

8th Week

38.9 19.7 13.1 14.3 5.4 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 193 54 247.0 257

38.7 19.5 12.9 14.1 5.8 7.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 185 84 269.0 241

9th week

39.7 20.5 13.9 15.1 6.2 7.7 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 149 66 215.0 268

39.6 20.4 13.8 15.0 6.3 8.5 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 158 72 230.0 251

10th Week

38.3 19.1 12.5 13.7 4.6 8.6 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 175 74 249.0 253

39.0 19.8 13.2 14.4 4.8 8.0 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 171 63 234.0 264

11th week

38.8 19.6 13.0 14.2 6.6 7.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 173 64 237.0 268

38.6 19.4 12.8 14.0 6.5 7.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 161 65 226.0 238

12th week

39.2 20.0 13.4 14.6 5.8 6.2 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 169 76 245.0 276

39.5 20.3 13.7 14.9 5.9 6.3 <0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 168 72 240.0 274

MIN 37.4 18.2 11.6 12.8 3.5 5.7 0 0 0 0 0 148 54 208 223

MAX 39.7 20.5 13.9 15.1 7 9 0 0 0 0 0 193 84.0 269.0 284

Avg 38.6 19.4 12.8 14.0 5.3 7.6 0 0 0 0 0 171.3 70.4 241.7 255.7

98th values 39.7 20.5 13.9 15.1 6.8 8.8

<0.01 <0.1 <0.01 <0.1 <0.1 192.1 84.0 268.5 280.3


Annexures


232

ANNEXURE-IV: UTILIZATION OF WBM


Annexures


233

ANNEXURE-V: PUBLIC CONSULTATION


Annexures


234

2


Annexures


235


Annexures


236


Annexures


237


Annexures


238


Annexures


239


Annexures


240


Annexures


241


Annexures


242

pfh oil & gas private limited€¦ · p suresh k. sandhya e shyam sundar rev 01 draft 02-5-2018...

Documents